Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual PDF
2021 RDX
Owners Manual
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 0
Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened; How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and, How fast the vehicle was traveling.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 1
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 2
Software End User License Agreement Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by the End User License Agreement in Owners Manual, and which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement. You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to ACURA at American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
To learn more about how we collect and use Personal Information, please read our Privacy Policy, accessible at www.acura.com.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 3
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:
Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:
Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.
3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don't follow instructions.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 4
Contents
This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.
Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.
This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 31 For Safe Driving P. 32 Seat Belts P. 37 Airbags P. 44
2 Instrument Panel P. 77 Indicators P. 78 Gauges and Displays P. 130
2 Controls P. 147 Clock P. 148 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 150 Panoramic Roof P. 183 Adjusting the Seats P. 210
2 Features P. 241 Audio System P. 242 Audio System Basic Operation P. 249 Customized Features P. 340 HomeLink Universal Transceiver P. 363
2 Driving P. 405 Before Driving P. 406 Towing a Trailer P. 411 Braking P. 498 Parking Your Vehicle P. 507 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 530 Turbo Engine Vehicle P. 531
2 Maintenance P. 533 Before Performing Maintenance P. 534 Maintenance MinderTM P. 537 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 561 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 579 Cleaning P. 581
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 589 Tools P. 590 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 591 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 620 Fuses P. 627 If You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 636 Refueling P. 637
2 Information P. 639 Specifications P. 640 Identification Numbers P. 642 Warranty Coverages P. 647 Authorized Manuals P. 650
Contents
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 5
Child Safety P. 62 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 75 Safety Labels P. 76
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 167 Security System P. 177 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 180 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 186 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 207 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 223 Climate Control System P. 234
Audio Error Messages P. 315 General Information on the Audio System P. 318 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 366
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 417 When Driving P. 419 AcuraWatchTM P. 453 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 517 Surround View Camera System*P. 519 Refueling P. 527
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 544 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 557 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 566 Battery P. 575 Remote Transmitter Care P. 577 Accessories and Modifications P. 587
Engine Does Not Start P. 613 If the Battery Is Dead P. 616 Overheating P. 618 Emergency Towing P. 634 If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 635
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 643 Reporting Safety Defects P. 644 Emissions Testing P. 645 Client Service Information P. 651
Quick Reference Guide P. 6
Safe Driving P. 31
Instrument Panel P. 77
Controls P. 147
Features P. 241
Driving P. 405
Maintenance P. 533
Handling the Unexpected P. 589
Information P. 639
Index P. 652
6
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 6
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
Steering Wheel Adjustments (P 206)
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P 186)
Rear Defogger (P 203)
Heated Door Mirror Button (P 203)
Climate Control System (P 234)
Audio System (P 242)
Hazard Warning Button
Audio/Information Screen (P 253)
Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual
Front Seat Heater Buttons (P 232)
Front Seat Ventilation Buttons* (P 232)
Auto Idle Stop OFF Button (P 437)
(Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System OFF) Button (P 443)
Parking Sensor System Button* (P 510)
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button (P 459)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button (P 493)
Heated Windshield Button* (P 203)
Headlight Washer Button* (P 200)
Head-Up Display Buttons* (P 142, 202)
Automatic Brake Hold Button (P 503)
Electric Parking Brake Switch (P 498)
Multi-Information Display (P 131)
System Indicators (P 78 )
Gauges (P 130)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 7
Headlights/Turn Signals (P 189, 190)
Fog Lights* (P 193)
Brightness Control (P 201)
Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P 433)
Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P 433)
Wipers/Washers (P 197)
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button (P 485)
Horn (Press an area around .)
CAMERA Button* (P 520)
Interval Button (P 477)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Buttons (P 467)
Heated Steering Wheel Button* (P 231)
Left Selector Wheel (P 247)
Audio Remote Controls (P 247)
Voice Control Buttons* (P 274)
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P 366)
MAIN Button (P 454, 467, 485)
Right Selector Wheel (P 133)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
8
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 8
Rearview Mirror (P 207)
Shift Button Electronic Gear Selector (P 426)
Drivers Front Airbag (P 47)
Glove Box (P 225)
Passengers Front Airbag (P 47)
HomeLink Buttons (P 364)
Interior Fuse Box Type A (P 630)
Dynamic Mode Switch (P 434)
Front Passengers Knee Airbag (P 52)
True Touchpad (P 250)
USB Port (P 243)
Drivers Knee Airbag (P 52)
USB Ports* (P 244)
Power Window Switches (P 180)
Memory Buttons (P 205)
SET Button (P 205)
Master Door Lock Switch (P 165)
Door Mirror Controls (P 208)
Hood Release Handle (P 545)
Power Tailgate Button (P 171)
Interior Fuse Box Type C (P 632)
Rear Seat Heater Buttons* (P 233)
Interior Fuse Box Type B (P 631)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 9
Cargo Area Light
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 69)
Side Curtain Airbags (P 57)
Map Lights (P 224)
Seat Belts (P 37)
Panoramic Roof Switch (P 185)
Map Lights (P 224)
Sunglasses Holder (P 231)
USB Port (P 244)
Auxiliary Input Jack (P 245)
Front Seat (P 210)
Side Airbags (P 55)
Coat Hook (P 229)
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 67)
Rear Seat (P 220)
Sun Visors Vanity Mirrors
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 71)
Grab Handle
Accessory Power Socket (P 229)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
10
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 10
How to Refuel (P 528)
High-Mount Brake Light (P 560)
Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P167)
Rear Wiper (P 199, 564)
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker Lights (P 190, 559)
Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 189, 558)
Multi-View Rear Camera* (P 517)
Rear License Plate Light (P 190, 560)
Tailgate Outer Handle (P 172, 176)
Rearview Camera Washer* (P 197)
Taillights/Brake and Back-Up Lights (P 190, 560)
Windshield Wipers (P 197, 561)
Power Door Mirrors (P 208)
Maintenance Under the Hood (P 544)
Fog Lights* (P 193, 557)
Tires (P 566, 591, 599)
Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 154)
Front Turn Signal Lights (P 189, 557)
Parking/Daytime Running Lights (P 190, 557)
Side Turn Signal Lights (P 189, 557)
Headlights (P 190, 557)
Front Side Marker Lights (P190, 557)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 11
Auto Idle Stop Function To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on. (P436)
At Automatic transmission Engine status
Deceleration
Stop
Start-up
Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal. On
Keep the brake pedal depressed.
U.S. Canada
With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal when the indicator comes on.
Off
Release the brake pedal. With the automatic brake hold system activated, depress the accelerator pedal.
Restarting
* Not available on all models
12
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 12
Safe Driving (P 31)
Airbags (P 44)
Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P 62)
All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 75)
Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P 36)
Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P 37)
Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.
Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 13
Instrument Panel (P 77)
Indicators (P 78)/Multi-Information Display (P 131)/Gauges (P 130)/ Head-Up Display* (P 142)
Speedometer
Fuel Gauge
Multi-Information Display
Temperature Gauge
Tachometer
Head-Up Display*
Immobilizer System Indicator/ Security System Alarm Indicator
Gear Position Indicator/ Transmission System Indicator
Turbo Meter
M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Gear Selection Indicator
G-meter
* Not available on all models
14
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 14
Controls (P 147)
Clock (P 148)
The clock is automatically updated through the audio system.
You can adjust the time using the true touchpad A.
a Press the (home) button.
b Select Settings.
c Select System.
d Select Date & Time.
e Select Set Date & Time.
f Select Automatic Date & Time.
g Select Off.
h Select Set Date or Set Time.
i Select (+/ (- to adjust the dates, hours and minutes.
j Press the (back) button to set the date or time.
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P 186)
Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.
Turn Signals (P 189)
Lights (P 190)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 15
Wipers and Washers (P 197)
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring (- : Low Sensitivity*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2
(+ : High Sensitivity*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps*2
MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.
*1: Models with automatic intermittent wipers *2: Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present
Steering Wheel (P 206)
To adjust, push the adjustment lever down, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time.
Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.
15
16
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 16
Tailgate (P 167)
Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock and open the tailgate when you carry the keyless access remote.
Press the power tailgate button on the drivers door or the remote transmitter to open and close the power tailgate.
Use a forward and back kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper to open or close the power tailgate while carrying the keyless access remote.
Models with Hands Free Access
1 sec.
Power Door Mirrors (P 208)
With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.
Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Press the folding button* to fold in and out the door mirrors.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button*
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 17
Power Windows (P 180)
With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.
If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passengers window can be opened and closed with its own switch.
If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passengers window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
* Not available on all models
18
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 18
Climate Control System (P 234)
Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Drivers Side Temperature Control Buttons
(Windshield Defroster) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and dashboard vents, and back of the center console.
Air flows from dashboard vents and back of the center console.
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
(Recirculation) Button
AUTO Button
Passengers Side Temperature Control Buttons
MODE Control Button
(ON/OFF) Button
Fan Control Button
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 19
Features (P 241)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
Audio Remote Controls (P 247)
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch Press up or down to adjust the volume.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Left Selector Wheel When selecting the audio mode Press the APPS button, then roll up or down to select an item on the multi- information display or the head-up display*, and then press the left selector wheel.
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch
(Power) Button
Roll up or down: To cycle through the following items, roll up or down and then press the left selector wheel:
You can add or remove the items and change their order on multi-information display or the head-up display*.
Navigation*
Phone
Audio Modes (FM Radio, USB Audio, etc)
Select Driving View*
Customize Apps
When listening to the radio Move to a side to change the favorite radio station or channel.
When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, Bluetooth Audio, or Smartphone Connection Move to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current or previous song.
* Not available on all models
20
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 20
Audio System (P 249)
(Home) Button
(Cards List) Button (Back) Button
Audio/Information Screen
For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
True Touchpad A
(Seek/Skip) Button
(Seek/Skip) Button
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob
True Touchpad B
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 21
Driving (P 405)
Automatic Transmission (P426)
Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
Park Press the (P button. Used when parking or before turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.
Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing.
Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked.
Drive/S Position Each time you press the button, the mode switches between Drive and S Position mode.
Normal driving (gears change between 1st and 10th automatically)
Temporarily driving in the sequential mode
Automatically changing gears between 1st and 8th (8th gear is used only at high speed)
Driving in the sequential mode
D/S
Drive
S Position
Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Button Indicator
Gear selection
21
22
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 22
Sequential Mode (P432) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 10th). This is useful for engine braking.
When the transmission is in (D The transmission will shift back to
automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.
When the transmission is in (S Holds the selected gear, and the
M (sequential mode) indicator comes on.
The sequential mode gear selection is shown in the instrument panel.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter
Selected Gear Number
M Indicator
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 23
VSA On and Off (P 443)
The Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.
VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.
To partially disable or fully restore VSA function, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.
CMBSTM On and Off (P459)
When a possible frontal collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.
The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine.
To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist (P 446)
The TPMS monitors tire pressure. TPMS is turned on automatically every
time you start the engine. TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual
guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling (P 527)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
Fuel tank capacity: 17.1 US gal (64.7 L)
a Unlock the drivers door. 2 Locking/Unlocking the
Doors from the Inside (P163)
b Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to make it pop up slightly.
c After refueling, wait for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle.
Wait for five seconds
23
24
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 24
AcuraWatchTM (P 453)
AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
Front Sensor Camera
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) (P456)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (P466)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator.
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (P483)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides audible and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System (P491)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 25
Maintenance (P 533)
Under the Hood (P 544)
Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary.
Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.
Lights (P 557)
Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P 561)
Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield.
Tires (P 566)
Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter
driving.
25
26
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 26
Handling the Unexpected (P 589)
Flat Tire (P 591)
Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the tire repair kit.
Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire located under the cargo area.
Indicators Come On (P 620)
Identify the indicator and consult the owners manual.
Vehicles with tire repair kit
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Engine Wont Start (P 613)
If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P 627)
Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.
Overheating (P 618)
Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing (P 634)
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 27
What to Do If
The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why?
The steering wheel may be locked. Move the steering wheel left and right
after pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P505)
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, slide the lever up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.
Canadian models
27
28
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 28
Why does the beeper sound when I open the drivers door?
The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on. The Auto Idle Stop is in operation.
Why does a beeper sound when I walk away from the vehicle after I close the door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) (P157)
Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
Pulling the electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why?
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
Im seeing an amber indicator of a tire with an exclamation point. What is that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. Check tire pressure.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P625)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 29
Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why?
Fasten the drivers seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other
position.
Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the drivers door to check for parking space lines when reversing?
Fasten the drivers seat belt. Close the drivers door and manually change the gear
position. 2 When opening the drivers door (P429)
Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle?
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. The use of regular unleaded gasoline can cause metallic knocking noises in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
29
30
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 30
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 31
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions.............. 32 Important Handling Information......... 34 Your Vehicles Safety Features............ 35 Safety Checklist ................................. 36
Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts ........................ 37 Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 40 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 43
Airbags Airbag System Components ............... 44 Types of Airbags ................................ 47
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 47 Knee Airbags ..................................... 52 Side Airbags....................................... 55 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 57 Airbag System Indicators.................... 58 Airbag Care ....................................... 61
Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 62 Safety of Infants and Small Children....... 64 Safety of Larger Children ................... 73
Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas ....................... 75
Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 76
31
32
Safe D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 32
For Safe Driving
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.
The following pages explain your vehicles safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.
Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.
Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Dont drink and drive Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So dont drink and drive, and dont let your friends drink and drive, either.
uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 33
Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.
Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time.
33
34
uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Handling Information
Safe D rivin
g
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover, read:
2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle P. 424
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 417 Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 34
Important Handling Information Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features Safe D
rivin g
1Your Vehicles Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 35
Your Vehicles Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.
6
7
8
9
10
Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags
Side Airbags Side Curtain Airbags
Knee Airbags
11 Door Locks
6
7
78
9
9
Seat Belt Tensioners12
12
11
10 10
11
8
35
36
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe D rivin
g
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 101
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 36
Safety Checklist For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 163
Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 210
Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 216
Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 40
Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a childs age, height and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 62
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 37
Seat Belts
rivin g
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt, then extend it slowly.
3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.
About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers
Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body.
The front passengers and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 69
37Continued
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
38
Safe D rivin
g
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 62
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 38
Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
The seat belt system includes an indicator on the instrument panel to remind the driver or a front passenger or both to fasten their seat belts. If you set the power mode to ON and a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, the beeper will stop and the indicator will come on and remain illuminated until the seat belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving until the seat belt is fastened.
Seat Belt Reminder
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D
rivin g
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 39
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to- severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the knee airbags.
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
39
40
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe D rivin
g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.
If the seat belt appears to be locked in a fully retracted position, firmly pull out on the shoulder belt once, then push it back in. Then smoothly pull it out of the retractor and fasten. If you are unable to release the seat belt from a fully retracted position, do not allow anyone to sit in the seat, and take your vehicle to a dealer for repair.
2 About Your Seat Belts P. 37 2 Seat Belt Inspection P. 43
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 40
Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 210
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
Pull out slowly.
Correct Seated Posture.
Latch Plate
Buckle
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D
rivin g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing door.
3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 41
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.
Lap belt as low as possible
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
Push
Continued 41
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
42
Safe D rivin
g
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.
When sitting in the front passengers seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 42
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
Advice for Pregnant Women
Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection Safe D
rivin g
1Seat Belt Inspection
3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 43
Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.
43
44
Safe D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 44
Airbags
6
9
Airbag System Components
7
8
9
10
99
6
9 911
12
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 45
The front, drivers knee, front passengers knee, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:
aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The drivers airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passengers airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
bTwo knee airbags. The drivers knee airbag is stored under the steering column; the front passengers airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
cTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
dTwo side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
eAn electronic control unit that, when the power mode is in ON, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat belt tensioners, and other vehicle information. During a crash event the unit can record such information.
fAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. In addition, the drivers and front passengers seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened.
gDrivers seat position sensor. This sensor detects the drivers seat slide position to help determine the optimal deployment of the drivers airbag.
hWeight sensors in the front passengers seat. The sensors are used for occupant classification to activate or deactivate the front passengers airbag.
i Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
jAn indicator on the center console panel that alerts you that the front passengers front airbag has been turned off.
kAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
lA rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags.
45Continued
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
46
Safe D rivin
g
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 46
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front, drivers knee and front passengers knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
Important Facts About Your Airbags
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags Safe D
rivin g
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 47
Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the drivers and front passengers seats. Knee airbags: Airbags under the steering column and under the glove box. Side airbags: Airbags in the drivers and front passengers seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
Housing Locations
47Continued
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
48
Safe D rivin
g
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the drivers and front passengers airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold, that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 48
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that they wont interfere with the drivers visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
Operation
How the Front Airbags Work
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 49
When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide little if any protection. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.
49Continued
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
50
Safe D rivin
g
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the drivers seat position sensor or the passengers seat weight sensors, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the drivers seating position or passengers occupant classification) with a force corresponding to the severity of the impact.
2 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator P. 58
For the advanced front airbags to work properly, confirm that: The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat back is not excessively reclined.
The occupant is not leaning against the door or center console.
The occupants feet are placed on the floor in front of them.
There are no objects hanging from the front passengers seat.
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat back pocket.
The steering wheel and passengers side dashboard are not obstructed by any object.
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 50
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.
The drivers advanced airbag system includes a seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the severity of the impact, the advanced airbag system determines the optimal deployment of the drivers airbag.
The front passengers advanced airbag system has weight sensors. The sensors are used for occupant classification to activate or deactivate the front passengers airbag.
For adult size occupants, the system will automatically activate the front passengers airbag. If a small adult sits in the front passenger seat and the system does not recognize him/her as an adult, see
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 59
Advanced Airbags
Drivers Seat Position Sensor
Passengers Seat Weight Sensors
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
1Advanced Airbags
There is no child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat or seat back.
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passengers seat.
There are no objects placed under or beside the front passengers seat. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
The head restraint is not contacting the roof. 2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 59
The floor mat behind the front passengers seat is set in the correct position evenly on the floor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 582
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 51
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat. However, if you do allow a small child or infant to ride in the front passengers seat, the system is designed to automatically deactivate the front passengers airbag. Do not let a small child or infant ride in the front passengers seat if the airbag does not automatically deactivate.
51
52
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Knee Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the knee airbags as they can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or even hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
The driver and front passenger should not store any items under the seat or behind their feet. The items can interfere with proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate protection.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 52
Knee Airbags The knee SRS airbags inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver and/or front passenger in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicles other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.
The knee airbag for the driver and the one for the front passenger are housed under the steering column and the glove box respectively.
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
Housing Locations
Housing Location
Housing Location
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags Safe D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 53
The drivers and front passengers knee airbag deploy at the same time as the drivers and front passengers airbag respectively.
Even if the collision is not severe enough to deploy the front airbags, the knee airbags may inflate alone.
Operation
When inflated
Knee Airbag
When inflated
Knee Airbag
53Continued
54
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 54
When knee airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
When knee airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D
rivin g
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 55
Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the drivers and passengers seat- backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.
Housing Locations
Housing Location
Operation
When inflated
Side Airbag
55Continued
56
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 56
When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicles framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.
When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicles crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags Safe D
rivin g
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners.
If the impact is on the passengers side, the passengers side curtain airbag deploys even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 57
Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Housing Locations
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
57Continued
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
58
Safe D rivin
g
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 58
When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display.
When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you dont, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D
rivin g
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm that: The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat back is not excessively reclined.
The occupant is not leaning against the door or center console.
The occupants feet are placed on the floor in front of them.
There are no objects hanging from the front passengers seat.
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat back pocket.
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat. There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat or seat back. There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passengers seat. There are no objects placed under or beside the
front passengers seat. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
The floor mat behind the front passengers seat is set in the correct position evenly on the floor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
The head restraint is not contacting the roof.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 59
When the passenger airbag off indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the passengers airbag has been turned off.
This occurs if the seat is empty or when the weight sensors determine that a small child or infant is on the passenger seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 62
If the indicator is on, in the event of a crash the passengers airbag will not deploy. The passengers knee airbag will not deploy, either.
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S. Canada
Continued 59
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
60
Safe D rivin
g
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and go off periodically if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold. For a small adult, depending on physique and posture, the system may not recognize him/her as an adult and thus deactivate the passengers airbag. If this occurs, please confirm that the conditions set forth in the above bullet points on the previous page are met. If the above conditions are met and the indicator is still on, then with the transmission in park, turn the ignition off and back on.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if: All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the front passenger seat.
The seat is empty and the indicator is off.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the indicator is on.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 60
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Safe D
rivin g
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 61
Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.
When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the drivers seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passengers seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.
61
62
Safe D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 62
Child Safety
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.
3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the drivers ability to safely control the vehicle.
Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers Safe D
rivin g
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passengers front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 76
3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 63
Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.
Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
63
64
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe D rivin
g
1Protecting Infants
Experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child so long as the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear facing seat.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation. Infants never should be seated in a forward- facing position.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat installed in a rear seating position: The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 64
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat.
Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passengers advanced front airbag system.
2 Airbags P. 44
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passengers seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
Protecting Infants
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturers instructions.
3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 65
If a child has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rear-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward-facing child seat.
Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passengers front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.
Protecting Smaller Children
Continued 65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
66
Safe D rivin
g
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 66
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children). Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturers use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your childs safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.
Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
Selecting a Child Seat
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your childs safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
3WARNING Never attach two child seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 67
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Raise the head restraint to its highest position.
2. Locate the anchor marks affixed to the base of the seat cushion.
3. Pull out the anchor covers with the marks to expose the lower anchors.
4. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Covers
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
Continued 67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
68
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the rear center seat Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower anchors which are used to secure a LATCH- compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however, is not equipped with anchors of any kind. The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance between the two inner anchors is 16.3 inches (415 mm). LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the rear center seat. However, a system fitted with flexible-type attachments can be installed in the center seat, provided that the manufacturers instructions for that system permit the use of the inner anchors with the stated spacing. Before seating a child, make sure that the system is properly attached to both the lower anchors and tether anchors.
3WARNING Using the outer rear seats inner anchors to secure a LATCH-compatible child seat in the center seating position may result in failure of the child seat, causing injury or death.
Only use the outer rear seats inner anchors to install a child seat in the center seating position if the manufacturers instructions expressly permit.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 68
5. Route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
5. Route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
6. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.
7. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.
8. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 62
Flexible Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 69
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and check that the retractor has switched modes by pulling on the webbing. It should not pull out again until it is reset by removing the latch plate from the buckle. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
Continued 69
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
70
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 70
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; less than one inch of movement should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats whether using the seat belt or lower anchors.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 71
A tether anchor point is provided behind each rear seating position. If you have a child seat that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security.
Using an outer anchor
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Adding Security with a Tether
Tether Anchor Points
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
Continued 71
72
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 72
Using the center anchor 1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Route the tether strap over the head restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Route the tether strap outside the head restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D
rivin g
1Safety of Larger Children
3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passengers front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 73
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.
Checklist Do the childs knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the
childs neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the childs thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
Protecting Larger Children
Checking Seat Belt Fit
73Continued
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
74
Safe D rivin
g
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 74
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in the rear seat. For the childs safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturers recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.
Booster Seats
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 75
Exhaust Gas Hazard
rivin g
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.
3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.
Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.
75
76
Safe D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 76
Safety Labels
Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.
Dashboard
U.S. models only
Air Conditioner System
U.S. models Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models only
Sun Visor
Sun Visor
U.S. models Canadian models
* Not available on all m
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 77
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
odels
Indicators ............................................ 78 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages.................... 101
Gauges and Displays Gauges............................................ 130 Multi-Information Display ................ 131 Head-Up Display* ............................ 142
77
78
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 78
Indicators
M (sequential mode) Indicator/Gear Selection Indicator
P. 83
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold Indicator
U.S.
Canada
*1: When you set the power mode to ON, these indicators come on to indicate that system checks are being performed. They go off a few seconds later or after the engine has started. If an indicator does not come on or turn off, there may be a malfunction in the corresponding system. To resolve the issue, follow the instructions in the owner's manual.
P. 79*1
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Charging System Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System Indicator
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) OFF Indicator
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
Auto High-Beam Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator*
Maintenance Minder Indicator
System Message Indicator
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) System Indicator*
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (Amber)
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator
Blind spot information System Indicator*
P. 80
P. 81
P. 81
P. 82
P. 83
*1 *1
P. 90 *1
*1
Gear Position Indicator P. 83
Transmission System Indicator
P. 84
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)/ Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)
P. 86
P. 87
P. 87
P. 88
P. 88
P. 91
P. 89
*1
*1
*1 P. 89
*1 P. 88
P. 91
P. 95
*1
P. 91
P. 91
P. 94
P. 91
Immobilizer System Indicator P. 92
Security System Alarm Indicator
P. 92
P. 93
P. 94
P. 95
P. 96
P. 100
*1
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (Green)
P. 95
*1
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)
P. 95
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator
*1 P. 98
*1
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 79
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.
Comes on when the brake fluid level is low.
Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.
The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake not fully released.
Comes on for about 30 seconds when you pull or push the electric parking brake switch when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF.
Stays on for about 30 seconds when you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF while the electric parking brake is set.
Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Check the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 622
Comes on along with the brake system indicator (amber) -Immediately stop in a safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The brake pedal becomes harder to operate. Depress the pedal further than you normally do.
Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks P. 622
Blinks and the brake system indicator (amber) comes on at the same time - There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set. Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 624
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
79Continued
80
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 80
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.
Comes on if there is a problem with the electric brake system.
Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer immediately.
Comes on while driving - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
Comes on if there is a problem with the radar sensor.
Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 409 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 81
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with the automatic brake hold system.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator
Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
Automatic Brake Hold Indicator
Comes on when the automatic brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
81Continued
82
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 82
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
After you have set the power mode to ON, the vehicle performs system checks. However, if the readiness codes have not been set by that time, this indicator will blink five times and then go off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control systems.
Blinks when a misfire in the engines cylinders is detected.
Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 645 Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 621
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 83
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Charging System Indicator
Comes on when the battery is not charging.
Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 621
Gear Position Indicator
Indicates the current gear selection.
2 Shifting P. 426
M (sequential mode) Indicator/Gear Selection Indicator
Comes on when the sequential mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 432
83Continued
84
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 84
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission System Indicator
The current gear selection blinks if the transmission system has a problem.
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The indicated current gear selection blinks if the transmission system is problem and the performance of the vehicle is reduced.
Avoid sudden starts, sudden acceleration and high speed, and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The indicated current gear selection blinks if the transmission system is problem and the paddle shifters cannot be used.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 85
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission System Indicator
The current gear position or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission and the vehicle is no longer able to run.
Immediately park your car in a safe place. 2 Emergency Towing P. 634
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The current gear position or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission and it is not possible to select (P .
Depending on the circumstances, you can set the power mode to on as an emergency measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 626
While the vehicle is stopped, apply the parking brake.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
85Continued
86
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 86
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 436
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)
Comes on when the Auto Idle Stop system has been turned off by the Auto Idle Stop system OFF button.
2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 437
Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop system.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 87
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
Blinks and the beeper sounds for a few seconds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON, then the indicator comes on.
If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on a few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if either you and/or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.
Stays on after you and/or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 38
Low Fuel Indicator
Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.4 U.S. gal./9.1 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
87Continued
88
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 88
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Comes on if there is a problem with the ABS.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 505
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 623
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 89
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System Indicator
Blinks when VSA, or trailer stability assist is active.
Comes on if there is a problem with the brake assist system, VSA system or hill start assist system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 442
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) OFF Indicator
Comes on when you partially disable VSA.
2 VSA On and Off P. 443
89Continued
90
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 90
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low.
Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire* is temporarily installed.
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare tire, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 91
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators
Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever.
Blink along with all turn signals when you press the hazard warning button.
Does not blink or blinks rapidly 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 557
High Beam Indicator
Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.
Lights On Indicator
Comes on when the light switch in a position other than OFF or when the switch is set to AUTO and the exterior lights come on.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.
Fog Light Indicator*
Comes on when the fog lights are on.
Auto High- Beam Indicator
Comes on when all the operating conditions of the auto high-beam are met.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 194
91Continued* Not available on all models
92
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 92
*1:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before selecting the ON mode.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Immobilizer System Indicator
Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Blinks if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF*1, then select the ON mode again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.
Security System Alarm Indicator
Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Blinks when the security system alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 177
Indicator
Indicator
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 93
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
System Message Indicator
Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the multi-information display appears at the same time.
While the indicator is on, roll the right selector wheel to see the message again.
2 Switching the Display P. 133 Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message.
The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the right selector wheel is pressed.
93Continued
94
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 94
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) Indicator*
Comes on if there is a problem with the SH-AWD system.
Blinks when the differential temperature is too high.
Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, put the transmission into (P, and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)* P. 445
Maintenance Minder Indicator
Comes on when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 537
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 95
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 409 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (Green)
Comes on when you press the MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)
Comes on when you press the MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 483
95Continued
96
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 96
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator
Comes on if there is a problem with RDM.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 409 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Comes on when RDM shuts itself off.
Indicator may come on temporarily when passing through an enclosed space, such as a tunnel.
The area around the radar sensor is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris off with a soft cloth. Indicator may take some time to go off after the radar sensor is cleaned.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator does not go off even after you have cleaned the radar sensor.
2 Radar Sensor P. 497
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 97
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator
Comes on when RDM shuts itself off.
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message are still displayed even after you have cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
97Continued
98
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 98
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator
Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds.
Comes on if there is a problem with CMBSTM.
Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM OFF - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 409 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Comes on when CMBSTM shuts itself off.
Indicator may come on temporarily when passing through an enclosed space, such as a tunnel.
The area around the radar sensor is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris off with a soft cloth. Indicator may take some time to go off after the radar sensor is cleaned.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator does not go off even after you have cleaned the radar sensor.
2 Radar Sensor P. 497
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 99
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator
Comes on when CMBSTM shuts itself off.
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message are still displayed even after you have cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
99Continued
100
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 100
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Blind spot information System Indicator*
Stays on while blind spot information system is turned off.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.
Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind spot information System* P. 450
Comes on if there is a problem with the system.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 101
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the
In stru
m en
t Pan el
system message indicator on. 2 Switching the Display P. 133
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the vehicle is no longer able to run due to a malfunction.
Immediately stop in a safe place.
Appears when there is a risk that the vehicle will move unexpectedly after you have stopped due to a malfunction with the vehicle.
While the vehicle is stopped, apply the parking brake. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Appears when you set the power mode to ON again and the vehicle is able to run.
2 Starting the Engine P. 419
Appears when the engine stops without the transmission in (P, and does not restart automatically.
Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop activates.
If you want to set the power mode to ON, put the transmission into (P .
If you want to start the engine, follow the normal procedure.
2 Starting the Engine P. 419
101Continued
102
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Explanation
the washer fluid. Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 556
slowly to prevent overheating and have your le checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 102
Message Condition
Appears when the washer fluid is low. Refill 2
Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system.
Drive vehic
Canadian models
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
emporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE T/STOP button for up to 15 seconds while
ing the brake pedal, manually start the engine. your vehicle checked by a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 103
Message Condition
Appears when the starter system has a problem. As a t STAR press Have
U.S.
Canada
103Continued
104
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 104
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. Appears while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears P. 620
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 618
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
ally open or close the power tailgate. the vehicle checked by a dealer.
pears when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 105
Message Condition
Appears when there is a problem with the power tailgate system.
Manu Have
Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely closed.
Appears if any door or the tailgate is opened while driving. The beeper sounds.
Disap
U.S.
Canada
105Continued
106
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 106
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if there is a problem with the automatic lighting control system.
Appears while driving - Manually turn the lights on, and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Appears if there is a problem with the headlights. Appears while driving - The headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safety, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Checking the Battery P. 575
Appears if the dynamic mode cannot be changed due to certain situations, such as a system error or adverse driving conditions.
2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 434
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 107
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the automatic brake hold system is turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without wearing the drivers seat belt.
Fasten the drivers seat belt. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold is in operation.
Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503 2 Parking Brake P. 498
107Continued
108
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 108
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically canceled while it is in operation.
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
Appears when the electric parking brake switch is pulled without depressing the brake pedal while the electric parking brake is in operation.
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
2 Parking Brake P. 498
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
ars constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a r.
pears when you bring the keyless access remote inside the vehicle and close the door. Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 188
Replacing the Button Battery P. 577
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 109
Message Condition
Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or push button starting system.
Appe deale
Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle.
Disap back
2
Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak.
2
109Continued
110
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 110
Message Condition Explanation
Appears after you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON.
2 Starting the Engine P. 419
Appears when the engine does not restart automatically due to the following reasons: - The hood is open. - There is a problem in the system that disables Auto
Idle Stop.
Follow the normal procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 419
Appears when the steering wheel is locked. Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. 2 ENGINE START/STOP Button P. 186
Canadian models
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 111
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times.
Bring the back of the keyless access remote into contact with the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 614
111Continued
112
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 112
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while the vehicle is moving.
The message will disappear after six seconds or when the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Appears if you try to start the engine when the transmission is in (N and the parking brake is disengaged.
Put the transmission into (P , then start the engine in the normal procedure.
2 Starting the Engine P. 419
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 113
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when you turn the Auto Idle Stop system on.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 436
Appears when Auto Idle Stop Display On has been selected from the customization menu.
2 Customized Features P. 340 2 Auto Idle Stop P. 436
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some reason.
Appears when the engine restarts automatically. Appears when the battery temperature is around
14F (10C) or lower.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 438
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the engine coolant temperature is too low or high.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the battery charge level is low.
Appears when the battery is low performance.
113Continued
114
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 114
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the hood is opened. Close the hood.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough.
Depress the brake pedal firmly.
Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Display On has been selected from the customization menu.
2 Customized Features P. 340 2 Auto Idle Stop P. 436
Appears when the system is under the following conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates: - The climate control system is in use, and the
difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
- The humidity in the interior is high. - The battery charge level is low.
The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds. 2 Auto Idle Stop P. 436 2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 440
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
ess the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
se your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select t button.
the (P button if you leave the vehicle.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 115
Message Condition
Appears when you try to change the gear position without depressing the brake pedal.
Depr
Appears when you try to change the gear position without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Relea a shif
Appears when you try to change the shift position after the position has automatically been changed to (P with the drivers door open and the drivers seat belt unfastened.
Press
U.S.
Canada
115Continued
116
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Explanation
sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before ating the select button.
diately stop in a safe place, set the parking brake, restart the engine. If the message disappears, nue driving.
n the vehicle is idling or when you are parking or g the vehicle, put the transmission into (P before sing the brake pedal. Shift Operation P. 428
lect another gear position while in (P, the engine be ON.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 116
Message Condition
Appears when the (P button is pressed while the vehicle is moving.
Appears if you put the transmission into (R while the vehicle is moving forward, or into (D while the vehicle is reversing.
Make oper
Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while driving.
Imme then conti
Appears if the vehicle is stopped and the drivers seat belt is unfastened, as there is a possibility that the vehicle may roll.
Whe exitin relea
2
Appears when you attempt to change to another gear position with the transmission in (P and the engine OFF.
To se must
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
ess the brake pedal until this message disappear.
the message disappears, reduce your speed and the system to cool down.
for a while then change the gear position.
take the transmission out of (P again.
se the accelerator pedal. After that, depress the pedal and change the transmission position.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 117
Message Condition
Appears when you press the (P button but it is not engaged due to low ATF temperature.
Depr
Appears when the temperature of the transmission is starting to get too hot.
The performance of the vehicle may be reduced.
Until allow
Appears when the shift is repeatedly changed between (P and any other position.
Wait
Appears when you try to take the transmission out of (P immediately after you start engine.
Try to
Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in (N .
Relea brake
117Continued
118
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 118
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when you press and hold (N button for more than two seconds.
Disappears when you set the gear position to a gear other than (N .
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 430
Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed the (N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold mode. 2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 430
Appears if there is a problem with the transmission and it is not possible to select (R .
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Appears when neutral hold mode is not available due to the transmission being too hot.
When the transmission is too hot, neutral hold mode may not be available. Let the engine idle until the transmission has cooled down.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 430
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 119
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when you set the power mode to ON without fastening the drivers seat belt.
Appears when you change the gear position after (P has been automatically selected with the drivers door open, the drivers seat belt unfastened, then the brake pedal is released.
Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive. 2 Shift Operation P. 428
Appears if there is a problem with the auto high- beam.
Manually operate the headlight switch. If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves. Press the RES/+ button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you.
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 456
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
119Continued
120
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 120
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow is canceled due to excessive high vehicle speed.
Reduce the speed, then reset ACC with Low Speed Follow.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high for you to set ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Reduce the speed, then set ACC with Low Speed Follow.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 121
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/ button while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close.
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 466
Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
2 Parking Brake P. 498
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/ button while the parking brake is applied.
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 466 2 Parking Brake P. 498
121Continued
122
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 122
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if ACC with Low Speed Follow is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/ button while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 466
Appears if the VSA or traction control function operates while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 123
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the drivers seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/ button while the drivers seat belt is unfastened.
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 466
Appears when the transmission is put into any position other than (D or (S while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Appears when pressing the SET/ button while the transmission is in any position other than (D or (S .
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 466
123Continued
124
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 124
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/ button while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 466
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 125
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. The message may take some time to go off.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.
2 Radar Sensor P. 497
Appears if the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high and the ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS and auto high-beam cannot be activated.
Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
Disappears - The camera has been cooled down and the systems are activated normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
Appears if the area around the front sensor camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc and be prevented from detecting a vehicle in front.
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
When the front window gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 78
125Continued
126
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 126
Message Condition Explanation
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 483
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. The system also steers the vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane.
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 491
You can change the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal, Wide and Warning Only can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 127
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if there is a problem with the fuel pump system.
Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is no problem. If the message appears again, take your vehicle to a dealer.
Appears if there is a problem with the engine management system.
Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is no problem. If the message appears again, take your vehicle to a dealer.
Appears if there is a problem with the ignition system.
Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is no problem. If the message appears again, take your vehicle to a dealer.
Appears if there is a problem with the seat heaters. Turn off the seat heaters until the message disappears. If the message appears again, take your vehicle to a dealer.
127Continued
128
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 128
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if there is a problem with the climate control system.
Turn off the climate control system until the message disappears. If the message appears again, take your vehicle to a dealer.
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when you unlock and open the drivers door while the engine is running by remote engine start.
2 Remote Engine Start* P. 421
Message Condition Explanation
Appears if there is a problem with the adaptive damper system.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Your vehicle will have normal damping ability without the adaptive damper feature.
Models with remote engine start
Models with head-up display
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
k if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the er does not stop even after you clean the area, the system checked by a dealer.
k for obstacles near your vehicle to make sure it is to park.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 129
Message Condition
Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor system.
Chec mud, beep have
Appears if there are obstacles around the sensors. Chec safe
Models with parking sensor system
129
130
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 130
Gauges and Displays
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE You should refuel when the reading approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 618
Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
Speedometer
Tachometer
Fuel Gauge
Temperature Gauge
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 131
Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading by up to 5F or 3C if the temperature reading seems incorrect. Use the customized features in the audio/information screen to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Sub Display
Odometer
Outside Temperature
Odometer
Outside TemperatureCompass*
Dynamic Mode
131Continued* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
132
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Speed Limit Information*
The speed limit displayed on the screen may differ to the actual speed limit. The speed limit for some roads is not displayed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 132
Shows the current traveling direction of the vehicle.
Shows the current dynamic mode. 2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 434
Shows the current speed limit based on information compiled through the navigation system.
Compass*
Dynamic Mode
Speed Limit Information*
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Switching the Display
If a warning initially appears, you can - after reading it - press the right selector wheel to proceed immediately to the content or to any other warning(s).
Tire Pressure for Each Tire
Maintenancen*
SH-AWD*Minimal
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 133
Roll the right selector wheel to view different types of content.
Switching the Display
Right Selector Wheel
Warning Messages
Trip Computer
Speed/ Distance Units
Navigatio
Sport Gauge Settings
133Continued* Not available on all models
134
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 134
Move the right selector wheel to the right or left to switch between trip computer A and trip computer B.
Trip meter Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
Resetting a trip meter To reset the trip meter, display it, press and hold the right selector wheel. u The trip meter is reset to 0.0.
Trip Computer
Trip Computer A Trip Meter
Range
Average Fuel Economy
Instant Fuel Economy
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel)
You can change when the average fuel economy is reset.
2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 135
Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel) Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km. The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.
Instant fuel economy Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
Range Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This estimated distance is based on the vehicles current fuel economy.
Continued 135
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
136
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Navigation*
You can cancel the driving guidance by pressing and holding the right selector wheel.
A confirmation screen appears when Apple CarPlay navigation route is active.
You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn display come on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 340 2 To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 144
Turn-by-turn directions will be shown on the multi- information display only when your android phone is connected to Android Auto or your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay.
2 Android Auto P. 311 2 Apple CarPlay P. 307
Models without navigation system
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 136
Display Audio shows you turn-by-turn directions to your destination.
When the navigation system is not providing driving guidance, an image of a compass appears in the multi-information display.
2 Refer to the navigation system
Navigation*
Compass
Turn-By-Turn Driving Directions
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Warning
If there are multiple warnings, you can move the right selector wheel to the right or left to see other warnings.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 137
2 Indicators P. 78
Oil Life Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 537
Warning
(Example)
Maintenance
Continued 137
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
138
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The following colors indicate the state of tire pressure: Green: Within tire pressure regulation. Amber: Above or Below tire pressure regulation. Gray: There is a problem with the system.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 138
Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist P. 446
Enables you to show another unit on the multi-information display, head-up display* and audio/information screen and set the displayed measurements to read in either miles and km, mph and km/h.
Press the right selector wheel when you select the Speed/Distance Units on the multi- information display. Roll the right selector wheel to select the unit and press it. After this, a confirmation screen will appear for a few seconds.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Speed/Distance Units
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 139
Press the right selector wheel when you select the Sport Gauge Settings on the multi- information display. Roll the right selector wheel to select the setting and press it.
Turbo Meter When the turbo is producing boost, this meter indicates boost pressure is building.
Sport Gauge Settings
139Continued
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
140
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1G-meter
The meter does not display a lateral force larger than 1.2 G.
If there is a problem with the VSA system, the G- meter will not track the lateral force acting on the vehicle.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 140
G-meter A red circle moves around to indicate where your vehicle is currently receiving a lateral force while driving.
When decelerated while moving forward When accelerated while reversing
When accelerated while moving forward When decelerated while reversing
Real-time lateral force (red)
When steering to the right
When steering to the left
Lateral forces of the past three seconds (white)
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 141
The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 445
SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor*
141* Not available on all models
142
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display*
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Press and hold the button to raise the display.
3
Press and hold the button to lower the display.
4
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 142
Head-Up Display*
Shows the currently selected Driving View information. You can choose which items are displayed using the left selector wheel on the steering wheel. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
2 To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 144
The display can be moved up and down to become level with your eyes. To raise or lower the head-up display: Press and hold the or button until the desired position is reached.
3 4
/ Button3 4 Head-Up Display
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display* In
stru m
en t Pan
el
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 143
The display also shows the following warnings. Lane Departure Warning: When your
vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines, the lane departure warning appears.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 483
Head-Up Warning Lights: Flash when the BRAKE message appears on the multi-information display.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 456
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466
Lane Departure Warning
143Continued
144
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display*
In stru
m en
t Pan el
peed n
Turn-by-Turn Directions
r ACC Follow ehicle
it
Turn-by-Turn Directions, Vehicle Speed, Speed Limit Information
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 144
Press the APPS button and roll the left selector wheel to select Select Driving View and press the left selector wheel. Each time you move the left selector wheel to the right or left, the head-up display content will change.
To Change Head-Up Display Content
Head-Up Display
Blank Vehicle Speed, S Limit Informatio
Turn-by-Turn Directions, Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and the LKAS, Vehicle Speed, Speed Limit Information
Current Mode fo with Low Speed and the LKAS, V Speed, Speed Lim Information
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display* In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Vehicle Speed
Switch between mph and km/h by using the multi- information display or customized features on the audio/information screen.
2 Speed/Distance Units P. 138 2 Customized Features P. 340
1Speed Limit Information
The speed limit displayed on the screen may differ to the actual speed limit. The speed limit for some roads is not displayed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 145
Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the current mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and the LKAS. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 466 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 483
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Shows the current speed limit based on information compiled through the navigation system.
Vehicle Speed
Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and the LKAS
Turn-by-Turn Directions
Speed Limit Information
145
146
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 146
* Not available on all m
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 147
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 148 Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 150 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 153
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 154
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 163
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 165 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 166
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 167 Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 177
odels
Security System Alarm...................... 177 Opening and Closing the Windows ...180 Panoramic Roof................................. 183 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 186 Turn Signals ..................................... 189 Light Switches.................................. 190 Fog Lights* ...................................... 193 Daytime Running Lights ................... 193 Auto High-Beam.............................. 194 Wipers and Washers ........................ 197 Brightness Control ........................... 201
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ........................................203
Heated Windshield Button ............... 203 Driving Position Memory System ...... 204 Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 206
Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 207 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 208
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 210 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items ................................................ 223
Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control .... 234 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 239
147
148
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 148
Clock
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the audio system.
1Adjusting the Time
You can also adjust the clock by selecting the clock displayed on the right side of the display. 1. Press the (cards list) button. 2. Select Clock using the true touchpad B. 3. Press the true touchpad B. 4. Select Set Date & Time using the true touchpad
A. 5. Select Automatic Date & Time. 6. Select Off. 7. Select Set Date or Set Time. 8. Select (+/ (- to adjust the dates, hours and
minutes. 9. Press the (back) button to set the date or
time.
Adjusting the Clock You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power mode in ON.
You can adjust the time using the true touchpad A. 2 True Touchpad Operation P. 250
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select Date & Time. 5. Select Set Date & Time. 6. Select Automatic Date & Time. 7. Select Off.
To adjust time: 8. Select Set Time. 9. Select (+/ (- . u When you customize the clock display
to 24 hour clock, AM/PM icon is not displayed.
2 Customized Features P. 340
10. Press the (back) button to set the time.
Adjusting the Time
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Time
You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 149
To adjust date: 8. Select Set Date. 9. Select (+ / (- .
10. Press the (back) button to set the date.
149
150
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 150
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 177
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the keys: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the remote transmitter may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start* P. 421
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door.
HOLD
HOLD
Models without two-way keyless access remote
Models with two-way keyless access remote
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 151
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.
Built-in Key
Models without two-way keyless access remote
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Built-in Key
Release Knob
151Continued
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
152
C o
n tro
ls
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 152
Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.
Key Number Tag
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength C
o n
tro ls
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 153
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors and tailgate, fuel fill door or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
153
154
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
C o
n tro
ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the DOOR button is pressed, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors and tailgate. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 223
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 154
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors, fuel fill door, and open the tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors, fuel fill door, and tailgate within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle or tailgate outer handle.
Using the Keyless Access System Models without rear door touch sensor
Models with rear door touch sensor
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.
If you grip a door handle or touch a door lock sensor wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by locking or unlocking the doors.
After locking the door, you have up to two seconds during which you can pull the door handle to confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait at least two seconds before gripping the handle, otherwise the door will not unlock.
The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 155
Locking the doors and tailgate Touch the door lock sensor on the front or rear* door, or press the door lock button on the tailgate. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors, fuel fill door, and tailgate lock; and the security system sets.
Door Lock Sensor
Lock Button
Continued 155* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
156
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings can be customized using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 340
When you go into the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the puddle lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you open and close any door, then lock the doors.
You can also unlock and open with the power tailgate.
2 Using the Tailgate Outer Handle P. 172
Models with puddle lights
All models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 156
Unlocking the doors and tailgate Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door and fuel fill door
unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers door or rear* door handle: u All doors, fuel fill door, and the tailgate
unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. Press the tailgate outer handle: u The tailgate unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 176
Tailgate Outer Handle
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory default setting. The auto lock function can be set to ON using the audio/information screen. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the audio/information screen, only the remote transmitter that was used to unlock the drivers door prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 340
After the auto lock function has been activated, when you stay within the locking/unlocking operation range, the indicator on the keyless access remote will continue to flash until the doors are locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the operation range, the doors will automatically lock approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will be delayed until all doors and tailgate are closed.
Under the following circumstances, the auto lock function will not activate: The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
The keyless access remote is taken out of its operational range before all the doors and tailgate are closed.
uThe beeper will not sound.
uThe beeper will sound.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 157
Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
When you walk away from the vehicle with all doors closed and while carrying the keyless access remote, the doors will automatically lock. The auto lock function activates when all doors and tailgate are closed, and the keyless access remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the outside door handle. Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access remote and close door(s). 1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle. u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated. 2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond
about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain outside this range for 2 or more seconds. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors and tailgate will then lock.
The activation range of the auto lock function is about 5 feet (1.5 m)
Continued 157
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
158
C o
n tro
ls
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
You must wait until the power tailgate fully closes before the auto lock function will be activated.
The auto lock function does not operate when any of the following conditions are met. The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. A door or the hood is not closed. The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF. The keyless access remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of the vehicle and close the doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper After the auto lock function has been activated, the auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for approximately two seconds in the following cases. The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window. You are located too close to the vehicle. The keyless access remote is put inside the tailgate. If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 158
To temporarily deactivate the function: 1. Set the power mode to OFF. 2. Open the drivers door. 3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows: Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function: Set the power mode to ON. Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function. With the keyless access remote on you,
move out of the auto lock function operation range.
Open any door.
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 340
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 577
You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 159
Locking the doors and tailgate Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors,
tailgate, and fuel fill door lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
Unlocking the doors and tailgate Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
drivers door and fuel fill door unlock. Twice: u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 162
Using the Remote Transmitter
LED
Unlock Button
Lock Button
LED*1
Unlock Button
Lock Button
Continued 159* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
160
C o
n tro
ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the drivers door with a key, all the other doors, tailgate and fuel fill door lock at the same time. When unlocking, the drivers door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors, fuel fill door and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 160
If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key instead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 577
Fully insert the key and turn it.
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Lock
Unlock
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the drivers door, all the other doors, tailgate and fuel fill door lock at the same time. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not inside the vehicle.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 161
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using the key, you can lock the door without it.
Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.
Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
Lockout prevention system The doors and the tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
Continued 161
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
162
C o
n tro
ls
1Checking Door Lock Status*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range required for unlocking the tailgate and all the doors as well as activating the panic function is the same as that required for operating the standard keyless access remote.
2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 159
When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start* P. 421
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 162
You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (left) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
Checking Door Lock Status*
Red
Green
Amber
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, all of the other doors, tailgate and fuel fill door lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, only the drivers door will unlock.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 163
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.
Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.
Using the Lock Tab
To Unlock
Lock TabTo Lock
163Continued
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
164
C o
n tro
ls
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 165
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 164
Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the audio/information screen.
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
Inner Handle
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors, tailgate and fuel fill door lock/unlock at the same time.
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 165
Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all the doors, tailgate and fuel fill door.
Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.
When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
To Lock
Master Door Lock Switch
To Unlock
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Lock
Unlock
165
166
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
C o
n tro
ls
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 166
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
Drive lock mode All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Drivers door open mode All doors and tailgate unlock when the drivers door is opened.
Auto Door Locking
Auto Door Unlocking
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 167
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
o n
tro ls
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the cargo area, or by using a forward and back kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access*, while the engine is idling, do not stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden acceleration, or a crash.
3WARNING Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate that is being opened or closed can be seriously injured.
Make sure that all people are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it.
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it.
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 75
167Continued* Not available on all models
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
168
C o
n tro
ls
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
NOTICE Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is being automatically opened or closed. Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there is enough space around your vehicle. People near the tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the following conditions: You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing. The vehicle is parked on a steep hill. The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind. The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 168
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button on the drivers door, pressing the outer handle on the tailgate, or by using a forward and back kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access*.
The power tailgate can be opened/closed when the transmission is in (P .
* Not available on all models
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
During rain or in other instances when the vehicle becomes wet, the sensor may not properly detect your foot motion.
When performing work on or around the rear section of the vehicle, you may inadvertently open or close the tailgate. To prevent this from happening, select Customized Features on the audio/information screen and then select OFF for the feature.
2 Customized Features P. 340
The duration of the kicking motion should be approximately one second.
If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long, the power tailgate does not open or close.
3WARNING Opening or closing a power tailgate while any part of a passenger is in the tailgates operating path can cause serious injury.
Make sure all passengers or objects are clear of the tailgate operating range before opening or closing the tailgate.
Models with Hands Free Access
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 169
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Use a forward and back kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper to open or close the power tailgate while carrying the keyless access remote. u Some exterior lights flash twice and a
beeper sounds once, then the tailgate begins to move.
Using the Hands Free Access*
1 sec.
169Continued* Not available on all models
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
170
C o
n tro
ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
This function will not operate if you dont have the keyless access remote on you. Please make sure you have the keyless access remote on you.
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Acura genuine accessories on the power tailgate may prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before you start the vehicle.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the power tailgate is still open, or closing.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 170
Press the power tailgate button for more than one second to operate when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the button for more than one second, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
Customizing when to open the tailgate Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the default setting. When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Using the Remote Transmitter
HOLD Power Tailgate Button
HOLD
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you touch either sensor when you are trying to close the tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 171
To open or close the power tailgate, press the power tailgate button for about one second. u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the button for about one second, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
Using the Power Tailgate Button
Power Tailgate Button
Continued 171
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
172
C o
n tro
ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo area before closing the tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.
You can change the power tailgate operation setting on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 172
If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for no longer than one second, the tailgate opens automatically. u The beeper sounds. u If you want to open the tailgate
manually, press the button for more than one second. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 176
If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it.
If you press the outer handle again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the outer handle again, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Outer Handle
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 173
Press the button on the tailgate to close the power tailgate. u The beeper sounds.
If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press and release the button again, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
Using the Tailgate Inner Button
173Continued
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
174
C o
n tro
ls
1Programming Tailgate Position
If the tailgate is only slightly opened, the position cannot be programmed, even if you push the inner button.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 174
The extent to which the power tailgate automatically opens can be programed.
To program: 1. Open the tailgate to the desired position. u If you want to reprogram the power
tailgate to open all the way, manually raise the tailgate to its upper most position and follow the next step.
2. Press and hold the tailgate inner button until you hear short two beeps following one long buzzer.
Programming Tailgate Position
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press and hold the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you manually close the tailgate and let it latch automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly activates, consult at a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 175
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
Auto-Closer
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
175
176
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
C o
n tro
ls
1Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo area before closing the tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 176
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate is unlocked.
Press the outer handle of the tailgate and lift open the tailgate.
If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it. To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it closed from outside.
If you close the tailgate when the driver's door is locked, the tailgate locks automatically. u Some exterior lights flash.
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Outer Handle
Inner Handle
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 177
Security System
o n
tro ls
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.
Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after the battery has been disconnected.
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicles immobilizer system near the ENGINE
START/STOP button. Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become magnetic.
Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.
When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.
To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
177Continued
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
178
C o
n tro
ls
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 178
Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The hood is closed. All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or keyless access system.
When the security system alarm sets The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
To cancel the security system alarm The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter, keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 179
The panic button on the remote transmitter
If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.
Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter. Set the power mode to ON.
Panic Mode
Panic Button
Panic Button
179
180
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 180
Opening and Closing the Windows
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction.
The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3WARNING Closing a power window on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.
Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors.
The drivers side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power window lock button on the drivers side must be switched off (indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the drivers seat.
When the power window lock button is pressed, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the drivers window. Turn the power window lock button on if a child is in the vehicle.
Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
Power Window Lock Button
Indicator
Drivers Window Switch
Front Passengers Window Switch
Rear Passengers Window Switches
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
While driving with any of the windows open, you may hear a booming, throbbing, or helicopter-type noise or pressure. This is called wind buffeting. This is a normal occurrence that can be minimized.
If you hear a wind buffeting noise with any of the windows open, lower all of the other windows slightly or open the panoramic roof.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 181
To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows and panoramic roof stop midway, repeat the procedure.
Opening the Windows and Panoramic Roof with the Remote
Unlock Button
Continued 181
182
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 182
To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows and panoramic roof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.
Opening/Closing the Windows and Panoramic Roof with the Key
Close
Open
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 183
Panoramic Roof
o n
tro ls
1Panoramic Roof
NOTICE Opening the panoramic roof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the panoramic roof panel or motor.
The panoramic roof and sunshade can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the panoramic roof and sunshade to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the panoramic roof and sunshade are almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers, are clear of the panoramic roof and sunshade.
3WARNING Opening or closing the panoramic roof and sunshade on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the panoramic roof and sunshade before opening or closing it.
You can only operate the panoramic roof and sunshade when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the panoramic roof and sunshade.
183Continued
uuPanoramic Roofu
184
C o
n tro
ls
1Panoramic Roof
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to operate the panoramic roof.
2 Opening the Windows and Panoramic Roof with the Remote P. 181
2 Opening/Closing the Windows and Panoramic Roof with the Key P. 182
1Using the Sunshade Switch
The sunshade can be opened or closed to adjust the amount of light that enters the cabin.
When you use the sunshade switch to open the sunshade, the panoramic roof does not move.
The sunshade cannot be fully closed if the panoramic roof is open. When you close the sunshade with the panoramic roof open, the sunshade stops slightly before the panoramic roof. When you push the switch forward again, the sunshade and the panoramic roof close together.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 184
Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To open half: Push on the center of the sunshade switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The sunshade will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the sunshade midway, push the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Using the Sunshade Switch
Open
Half Open Close
uuPanoramic Roofu C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
The panoramic roof cannot be fully opened in a single operation. The panoramic roof has a comfort position or wind noise reduction position at which the roof first stops. To open fully, pull the switch back again after the roof has stopped at this position.
Whenever the panoramic roof is opening, the sunshade moves along with it. However, when the panoramic roof is closing, the sunshade does not move.
When you tilt open the panoramic roof, the sunshade opens slightly to let in fresh air. When you close the panoramic roof from this position, the sunshade returns to its closed position.
Comfort Position
Full Open Position
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 185
Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The panoramic roof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the panoramic roof midway, push the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Tilting the panoramic roof up To tilt: Push on the center of the panoramic roof switch. u The sunshade will open automatically
and the panoramic roof will start to tilt up.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.
Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
Open
Close Tilt
185
186
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 186
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.
ON mode: The ENGINE START/STOP button is on (in red), if the engine is running.
If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting low, the engine may not start when you press the ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 614
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out.
Operating Range
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1:Canadian models
Changing the Power Mode
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) The button is off. The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY The button blinks (in red). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.
ON The button blinks (in red). All electrical components can be used.
Without pressing the brake pedal
Press the button.
Put the transmission into (P. U.S. models
Press the button without the transmission in (P.
Press the button with the transmission in (P.
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 187
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.
When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning beep sounds.
Automatic Power Off
Power Mode Reminder
Canadian models
187Continued
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
188
C o
n tro
ls
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and the drivers door is closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the systems operational range.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 188
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/or outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range.
When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and all doors are closed, a warning buzzer sounds from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the multi- information display notifies the driver inside that the remote is outside of the vehicle.
When the power mode is in ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and all doors are closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 189
Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.
One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change.
Right Turn
Left Turn
189
190
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
C o
n tro
ls
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 91
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 190
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: The transmission is in (P. The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: The transmission is taken out of (P and the
parking brake is released. The vehicle starts to move.
Manual Operation
High Beams
Flashing the high beams Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C
o n
tro ls
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 191
Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness.
The headlights comes on when you unlock a door in dark areas with the headlight switch in AUTO. u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
Continued 191
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
192
C o
n tro
ls
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 340
Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at
Max High Mid Low Min
U.S. models
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates while the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 192
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the drivers door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the drivers door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the drivers door, you will hear a reminder chime alerting you that the lights are on.
Headlight Integration with Wiper
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights* C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 193
Fog Lights*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is in AUTO. The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Fog Light Switch
193* Not available on all models
194
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
C o
n tro
ls
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam system does not always operate in every situation. This system is just for assisting the driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch the headlights between high beam and low beam manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can recognize varies depending on conditions surrounding your vehicle.
Regarding the handling of the camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, refer to the following.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
For the auto high-beam to work properly: Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard. Keep the windshield around the camera clean. When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens. Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera. Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 194
Auto High-Beam The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
The power mode is in ON. The light switch is in AUTO. The lever is in the low beam position. The headlights have been automatically
activated. It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on. Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Auto High-Beam Indicator
Light Switch
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam C
o n
tro ls
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system may not switch the headlights properly or the switching timing may be changed. In case of the automatic switching operation does not fit for your driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
The brightness of the lights from the preceding or oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow, fog, windshield frost, etc.).
Surrounding light sources, such as street lights, electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating the road ahead.
The brightness level of the road ahead constantly changes.
The road is bumpy or has many curves. A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or oncoming direction.
Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear. A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle. The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers. The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low beam when: Windshield wipers are operating at a high speed. The camera has detected a dense fog.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 195
Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam When auto-high beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low beam based on the following conditions.
Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam, follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high- beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever: Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about one second while driving. u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will come on.
Using the light switch: Turn the light switch to . u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
Switching to high beam: Switching to low beam:
All of the following conditions must be met before the high beams turn on. Your vehicle speed is 25 mph (40
km/h) or more. There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights or taillights turned on.
There are few street lights on the road ahead.
One of the following conditions must be met before the low beams turn on. Your vehicle speed is 15 mph (24
km/h) or less. There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or taillights turned on.
There are many street lights on the road ahead.
Continued 195
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
196
C o
n tro
ls
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed toward the camera.
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or on.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 196
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off: With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds. After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on: With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds. After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks once, release the lever.
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
AUTO Position
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C
o n
tro ls
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.
NOTICE Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same.
NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield* to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 197
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON.
MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever.
Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO, HI) Move the lever up or down to change the wiper settings.
Adjusting wiper operation*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper operation.
Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation *2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
Windshield Wipers/Washers
Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring*
MIST
INT*1/AUTO*2
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to use washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
197Continued* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
198
C o
n tro
ls
1Wipers and Washers
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 198
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.
Auto sensitivity adjustment When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor (using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 199
The rear wiper and washer can be used when the power mode is in ON.
Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain.
Washer ( *) Sprays on the rear window and rearview camera* while you rotate the switch to this position. Hold it to activate the rear wiper and to spray the washer. Once released, the washer spray will stop and the rear wiper will return to its selected switch setting after a few sweeps.
Operating in reverse When you select the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
Rear Wiper/Washer
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Windshield Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation
Intermittent Intermittent
Low speed wipe High speed wipe
Continuous
199Continued* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
200
C o
n tro
ls
1Headlight Washers*
The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as the windshield washers.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 200
Turn the headlights on and press the headlight washer button to operate. The headlight washers also operate when you turn the windshield washers for the first time after the power mode is set to ON.
Headlight Washers*
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control C
o n
tro ls
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on, press the (+ button until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds.
The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 201
Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Press the (+ button. Dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after adjusting the brightness, you will be returned to the previous display.
Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the display while you are adjusting it.
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
(- Button (+ Button
201Continued
202
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 202
When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+/ (- button to adjust head-up display brightness. Brighten: Press the (+ button. Dim: Press the (- button.
The head-up display will return to its original state several seconds after adjusting the brightness.
Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the display while you are adjusting it.
Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness*
(+/ (- Button
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button C
o n
tro ls
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long time while the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside temperature is below 41F (5C), the heated door mirror may automatically activate for 10 minutes.
1Heated Windshield Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside temperature is below 39F (4C), the heated windshield may automatically activate for up to 15 minutes.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 203
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.
Heated Windshield Button Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield at the wiper park area and along the driver side edge of the windshield when the power mode is in ON.
The heated windshield will automatically switch off after 15 minutes.
Canadian models
203
204
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
C o
n tro
ls
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable the automatic seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 340
The drivers seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/ OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 340
System Operation The system will not operate if: The vehicle is moving. Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat is in motion. The seat position is adjusted while in operation. The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
The mode selector is pressed up or down while in operation.
Models with mode selector
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 204
Driving Position Memory System You can store two drivers seat and door mirror positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically.
The seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The drivers seat moves rearward depending on the set seating position once you Stop the vehicle. Put the transmission in (P . Turn the engine off. Then open the drivers door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the drivers seat moves forward to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System C
o n
tro ls
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five
seconds. You readjust the seat or the door mirror position
before the double-beep. You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
You press the mode selector up or down. Models with mode selector
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat and the door mirrors will stop moving if you: Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2. Adjust the seat position or door mirrors. Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
Press the mode selector up or down. Models with mode selector
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 205
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat and the door mirrors to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button. u The memory button indicator light will
blink. 3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat and the door mirror
positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on and you will hear the double- beep.
1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2). u The indicator light will blink.
The seat and the door mirrors will automatically move to the memorized positions. When they have finished moving, the indicator light stays on.
Storing a Position in Memory
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
SET Button
Recalling the Stored Position
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
205
206
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
C o
n tro
ls
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 206
Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. While the vehicle is stopped, push the steering wheel adjustment lever down. u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators. 3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out.
To adjust
To lock Lever
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 207
Adjusting the Mirrors
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Front Seats P. 210
1Automatic Dimming Power Door Mirrors* and Rearview Mirror
The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R.
Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.
When you are driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and automatic dimming power door mirrors reduce the glare from headlights behind you, based on inputs from the mirror sensor. Press the auto button to turn this function on and off. When activated, the auto indicator comes on.
Automatic Dimming Power Door Mirrors* and Rearview Mirror
Auto Button
Sensor
207* Not available on all models
208
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 208
Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.
Folding door mirrors*
Press the folding button to fold in and out the door mirrors.
If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you put the transmission into (R ; this improves close- in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you take the transmission out of (R .
To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to the left or right side.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button*
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
Selector Switch
* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors C
o n
tro ls
1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*
You cannot turn the automatic folding out automatically if they have been folded in using the folding button.
You can turn the automatic folding door mirror function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door lock switch.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 209
Folding in the door mirrors Lock the drivers door with the key, press the lock button on the remote transmitter, touch the door lock sensor on any door, or press the door lock button on the tailgate. u The mirrors start folding in automatically.
Folding out the door mirrors Unlock the drivers door using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. u The mirrors start folding out automatically.
Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*
209* Not available on all models
210
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 210
Adjusting the Seats
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.
Front Seats Adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passengers seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.
Adjusting the front power seats
Move back.
Allow sufficient space.
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal Position Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat-back Angle Adjustment
Mode Selector*
2 Seat Control Interface* P. 212
* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 211
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch Press the top: To move the lumbar support up. Press the bottom: To move the lumbar support down. Press the front: To increase the entire lumbar support. Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar support.Lumbar Support
Adjustment Switch
Models without mode selector
211Continued
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
212
C o
n tro
ls
1Seat Control Interface*
The image of each adjustment mode displayed on the audio/information screen:
Lumbar support
Bolster support
Thigh support
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 212
Press the mode selector up or down to display seat adjustment information on the audio/information screen, and then use the adjustment switch to adjust the lumbar support, bolster support or thigh support.
Seat Control Interface*
* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats C
o n
tro ls
1Seat Control Interface*
The lumbar support, bolster support and thigh support can be adjusted even when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. However, the adjusting mode display does not come on with the power mode in VEHICLE OFF.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 213
1. Press the mode selector up or down to select the lumbar support adjustment mode, bolster support adjustment mode or thigh support adjustment mode.
2. Press the adjustment switch as follow. To adjust the lumbar support: Press the top: To move the lumbar support up. Press the bottom: To move the lumbar support down. Press the front: To increase the entire lumbar support. Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar support.
To adjust the bolster support: Press the front: To increase the bolster support. Press the rear: To decrease the bolster support.
Adjustment Switch
Mode Selector
Adjustment Switch
Continued 213* Not available on all models
214
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 214
To adjust the thigh support: Press the front: The tucked-down seat cushion end rolls out to support your thighs. Press the rear: The tucked-down seat cushion end rolls in to support your thighs.
3. To close the adjusting mode display, hover over the true touchpad A and/or B, then press the true touchpad. u When you want to close the drivers side adjusting mode display, hover over
and press the true touchpad A. u When you want to close the passengers side adjusting mode display, hover
over and press the true touchpad B.
Adjustment Switch
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.
3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 215
Adjust the drivers seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupants chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
215
216
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
C o
n tro
ls
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs. Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.
3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 216
Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupants head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupants ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.
Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions
Position head in the center of the head restraint.
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 217
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.
To adjust the front head restraint forward: Push the back of it forward. To return the front head restraint to the original position: Press the release button.
Front
Rear outer
Release Button Front
217Continued
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
218
C o
n tro
ls
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before driving.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 218
A passenger sitting in a center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.
Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Position
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position C
o n
tro ls
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 219
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.
219
220
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
C o
n tro
ls
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-back(s) can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the cargo area.
When you fold down one side of the rear seats and use the non-recessed part of the cargo area, make sure to secure the cargo. Loose items can fly forward and cause injury if you have to brake hard.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 59
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold down.
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items extending to the rear seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 220
Rear Seats
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the rear seat to make room for cargo.
To fold down the seat 1. Lower the head restraints to their lowest position. Put the armrest back into the
seat-back.
2. Pull the release lever.
2. Pull the release lever.
Folding Down the Rear Seats
Release Lever
Red Tab
From the rear door side
Lever
From the cargo area side
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats C
o n
tro ls
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat cushion are securely latched back into place before driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back.
To lock a seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks, so that the red tabs in the release lever go down. When returning the seat-back to its original position, push it firmly back.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 221
To return the seat to the original position
Pull up the seat-back in the upright position.
221
222
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 222
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest. To adjust: Pull the handle and slide the armrest to desired position.
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
Using the Front Seat Armrest
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 223
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
o n
tro ls
1Interior Light Buttons
When the DOOR button is pressed, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the drivers door but do not open
it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 340
The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the drivers door. When you close the drivers door in ACCESSORY
mode. When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the interior light on for an extended length of time when the engine is off.
If you leave any of the tailgate or doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.
Interior Lights
ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the tailgate and doors are open or closed. DOOR The interior lights come on in the following situations: When the tailgate or any of the doors are
opened. You unlock the drivers door. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK). OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the tailgate or any doors are open or closed.
Interior Light Buttons
DOOR Button
OFF Button
ON Button
223Continued
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Lights
224
C o
n tro
ls
1Map Lights
When the DOOR button is pressed and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the button.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 224
Front The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the button.
Rear The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the button when the DOOR button is pressed.
Map Lights
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Glove Box
The glove box light comes on when the parking lights are on.
3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while driving.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 225
Interior Convenience Items
Press the button to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
Removable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To remove it, disengage the tabs.
The removable shelf can be stored upside down in the glove box.
Glove Box
Glove Box
To Lock
Shelf
Tabs
225Continued
226
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 226
Slide the armrest to the rearmost position. Pull the handle to open the console compartment.
Slide the lid using the release knob to open or close the console compartment.
Console Compartment
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 227
Front seat beverage holders Slide the lid to use the front seat beverage holders.
Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders.
Beverage Holders
Continued 227
228
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 228
Door side beverage holders Are located on the both of the front and rear door side pockets.
Front
Rear
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Accessory Power Socket
NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running.
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 229
The accessory power socket can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.
Accessory power socket (front panel) Open the cover to use it.
There are coat hooks on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it.
Accessory Power Socket
Coat Hooks
Continued 229
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
230
C o
n tro
ls
1Tie-down Anchors
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have to brake hard.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 230
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor can be used to install a net for securing items.
Pull the handle and remove the tabs to open the cargo floor lid.
Tie-down Anchors
Anchor
Anchor
Under-floor Storage Area
Tabs
Handle
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items.
1Heated Steering Wheel*
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 231
To open the sunglasses holder, press and release the indent. To close, press it again until it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder.
The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
Sunglasses Holder
Press
Heated Steering Wheel*
Heated Steering Wheel Button
Indicator
Continued 231* Not available on all models
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
232
C o
n tro
ls
1Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the interior environment.
3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 232
The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters and ventilators*.
Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation* button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
Press the AUTO button: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment.
When the power mode is turned on after it is turned off, the previous setting of front seat heaters and ventilators* are maintained.
Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation*
Models with seat ventilation
Models without seat ventilation
* Not available on all models
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Rear Seat Heaters*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 233
The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters.
There is no heater in the rear center seating position.
Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
Rear Seat Heaters*
233* Not available on all models
234
C o
n tro
ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 234
Climate Control System
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button that was pressed will be controlled automatically.
During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and only the blower remains active. If you do not want air-conditioning suspended, press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to cancel idle-stop.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may not start immediately when the AUTO button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.
Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side
temperature control buttons. 3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.
Floor and defroster vents
Floor vents
Dashboard and floor vents, and back of the center console
Dashboard vents and back of the center console
AUTO Button
Drivers Side Temperature Control Buttons
Passengers Side Temperature Control Buttons
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
(ON/OFF) Button
Fan Control Button
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
(Recirculation) Button
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C
o n
tro ls
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 235
Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions. Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system. Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.
Continued 235
uuClimate Control Systemu
236
C o
n tro
ls
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows.
If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 236
Pressing the button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.
To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
uuClimate Control Systemu C
o n
tro ls
1Synchronization Mode
When the system is in dual mode, the drivers side temperature and the passengers side temperature can be set separately.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 237
You can set the temperature synchronously for the drivers side and the passengers side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button. u The SYNC indicator will come on. u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the drivers side temperature control buttons.
Press the SYNC button or adjust the interior temperature using the passengers side temperature control buttons to return to dual mode.
Synchronization Mode
Drivers Side Temperature Control Buttons
Passengers Side Temperature Control Buttons
SYNC Button
Continued 237
uuClimate Control Systemu
238
C o
n tro
ls
1Rear Temperature Control Dial*
The rear temperature can be adjusted when the climate control system is on.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 238
You can set the rear passenger compartment temperature different than the drivers, using the rear temperature control dial.
Rear Temperature Control Dial*
Dial up to raise the temperature.
Dial down to lower the temperature.
Rear Temperature Control Dial
Position of drivers temperature
* Not available on all models
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors C
o n
tro ls
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 239
Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
239
240
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 240
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 241
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System About Your Audio System................ 242 USB Ports ......................................... 243 Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 245 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 246 Audio Remote Controls.................... 247
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 249 True Touchpad Operation ................ 250 Audio/Information Screen ................ 253 System Updates ............................... 266 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 272 Display Setup ................................... 273
Voice Control Operation .................. 274 Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 277 Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 281 Playing an iPod ................................ 294 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 297 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 300 Wi-Fi Connection ............................. 303 AT&T Hotspot .................................. 305 Siri Eyes Free .................................... 306 Apple CarPlay .................................. 307 Android Auto................................... 311
Audio Error Messages ...................... 315
General Information on the Audio System ............................................. 318
Customized Features ........................ 340 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ... 363 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink............. 366 AcuraLink ........................................ 395
241
242
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 242
Audio System
1About Your Audio System
iPod, iPad, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
SiriusXM Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio, contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System P. 318
SiriusXM Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
After you turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the drivers door closed, you can use the audio system for up to 30 minutes per driving cycle. However, whether you can continue using the audio system depends on the battery condition. Repeatedly using this feature may drain the battery. The audio system turns off when you open the drivers door.
About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM Radio service. It can also play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone, iPad and Bluetooth devices.
You can operate the audio system from the true touchpad, buttons and knobs on the panel, or the remote controls on the steering wheel.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports Featu
res
1USB Ports
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 2.5A of power. It does not output 2.5A unless the device requests. For amperage details, read the operating manual of the device that needs to be charged. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to.
USB charge
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 243
USB Ports Install the device USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port.
In the console compartment The USB port (2.5A) is for charging devices, playing audio files and connecting compatible phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for Android Auto, the USB cables should be certified by USB-IF to be compliant with USB 2.0 Standard.
243Continued
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
244
Featu res
1On the front panel
This port is for battery charge only. You cannot play music even if you have connected music players to them.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to.
1On the back of the console compartment*
These ports are for battery charge only. You cannot play music even if you have connected music players to them.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 244
On the front panel The USB port (2.5A) is only for charging devices.
On the back of the console compartment*
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices.
* Not available on all models
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack Featu
res
1Auxiliary Input Jack
You can return to the AUX mode by selecting AUX Input on the home screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 245
Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect a standard audio device.
1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug.
245
246
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 246
Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power knob for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Featu
res
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some functions may not be operated.
Press the (back) button for the multi- information display or head-up display* to go back to the previous screen or cancel a command.
Press the APPS button to go back to the menu screen of the multi-information display or head-up display*.
Recents list is available when the following audio mode is selected. FM Radio AM Radio SiriusXM USB Audio
Models with head-up display
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 247
Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on the multi-information display or head-up display*.
VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Switch Press Up: To increase the volume. Press Down: To decrease the volume.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. Left Selector Wheel When selecting the audio mode
Press the APPS button, then roll up or down to select an item on the multi- information display or head-up display*, and then press the left selector wheel.
Move the left selector wheel to the right to display the Recents list, then scroll to an item selected in the past and press the wheel.
(Power) Button
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch
(back) Button
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
Models with head-up display
247Continued* Not available on all models
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
248
Featu res
1Audio Remote Controls
You can customize the items on multi-information display or the head-up display*.
2 Customizing the Meter or Head-Up Display* P. 264
You cannot operate the audio functions while the following functions are being operated on the multi- information display or head-up display*. Mode selection by pressing APPS button Navigation*
Phone Select Driving View*
Customize Apps
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 248
Roll up or down: To cycle through each modes, roll up or down and then press the left selector wheel:
After an audio mode is selected, the left selector wheel can be operated for the following functions. When listening to the radio
Move to the right: To select the next favorite radio station or channel. Move to the left: To select the previous favorite radio station or channel.
When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, Bluetooth Audio, or Smartphone Connection Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Navigation*
Phone
Audio Modes (FM Radio, USB Audio, etc)
Select Driving View*
Customize Apps
* Not available on all models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 249
Audio System Basic Operation
res
1Audio System Basic Operation
True Touchpad Operation 2 True Touchpad Operation P. 250
Primary Information Area 2 Primary Information Area P. 253
Secondary Information Area 2 Secondary Information Area P. 255
You can use the audio system for 30 minutes when the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the drivers door closed, the system will then turn off automatically. If you want to keep using it, we recommend that you turn the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON.
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob: Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume when audio system is on.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons: Press to change station, channel, song or file.
(Back) Button: Press to go back to the previous display when it is displayed.
(Home) Button: Press to go to the home screen.
(Cards List) Button: Press to display the cards list of the secondary information area on the audio/information screen.
2 Secondary Information Area P. 255
True Touchpad A: Click or swipe the pad with your finger, or move your finger along the pad to operate the primary information area on the audio/information screen. True Touchpad B: Click or swipe the pad with your finger to operate the secondary information area on the audio/information screen.
(Home) Button
(Back) Button
True Touchpad A
(Cards List) Button
Audio/Information Screen
/ (Seek/ Skip) Buttons
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/ Power) Knob
True Touchpad B
249
250
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Operation
Featu res
1True Touchpad Operation
True Touchpad Operation Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction. You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
use voice commands. Wearing gloves may limit or prevent true touchpad
response. Some electronics like inverters may cause slow
response while using the true touchpad.
You can operate the true touchpad using gloves when you set the Touchpad Sensitivity setting to High. However, the insulated gloves can not be operated the true touchpad.
2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 250
True Touchpad Operation You can operate the system using your finger(s) on the true touchpad.
Click Lightly press true touchpad A to select an item.
Press and hold Press and hold to initiate edit mode throughout the system.
Swipe Swipe or drag your finger in various directions to operate each screen.
True Touchpad A Operation
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Operation Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 251
Flick Flick (or drag) your finger up/down or left/ right to scroll in lists or change pages throughout the system.
Hand-writing a character Move your finger quickly to trace a character on the true touchpad.
Swipe with two fingers Swipe (or drag) two fingers across the screen to move the map.
Models with navigation system
251Continued
252
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Operation
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 252
Click Lightly press (click) the true touchpad to select a card.
Swipe Swipe or drag your finger up or down to select an item.
Flick Flick up or down to cycle through card displayed in the secondary information area.
True Touchpad B Operation
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Audio/Information Screen
All Apps list You can select any of the apps from the All Apps list. To display the All Apps list, place your finger on the true touchpad and swipe right.
2 Home Screen P. 257
You can add or remove any of the apps in the home screen through the All Apps list.
2 To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display* P. 258
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 253
Audio/Information Screen Displays each mode status. From this display, you can go to various setup options.
Switching the display
Press the (home) button to go to the home screen. Select the following icons on the home screen or All Apps list.
Navigation*
Displays the navigation screen. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Phone Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 366
FM Radio/AM Radio/SiriusXM/USB Audio/Bluetooth Audio/AUX Input Displays the audio information for each.
Primary Information Area
Home Screen
Primary Information Area
253Continued* Not available on all models
254
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 254
Settings Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Apple CarPlay Displays the Apple CarPlay screen.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 307
Android Auto Displays the Android Auto screen.
2 Android Auto P. 311
System Updates Updates the software version of the audio system.
2 System Updates P. 266
Messages Displays the text message screen.
2 Text Message P. 384
AT&T HotSpot Displays the AT&T Hotspot screen.
2 AT&T Hotspot P. 305
AcuraLink Displays the AcuraLink screen.
2 AcuraLink P. 395
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Secondary Information Area
SiriusXM radio service notifications are displayed in the secondary information area.
1Switching the card
The card in the secondary information area will change depending on the screen displayed in the primary information area.
*1: Appears only when you set a destination on the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto navigation function.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 307 2 Android Auto P. 311
Models without navigation system
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 255
You can see the audio, HFL information, navigation mini map*, and clock information on the secondary information area using the true touchpad B.
Switching the card Swipe up or down the true touchpad B to cycle through the following screen.
Secondary Information Area
Secondary Information Area
Now Playing Audio
Navigation*1
Clock
Continued 255* Not available on all models
256
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 256
You can also switching the screen by following procedure. 1. Press the (cards list) button. 2. Select an item then press the true touchpad
B.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Home Screen
The home screen has 2 pages. You can add up to 8 pages.
Press the (home) button to go directly back to the first page of the home screen from any page.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 257
To change to a next screen
Swiping true touchpad A left or right takes you to the next screen.
Home Screen
Current page position
True Touchpad A
Swipe left to go to the additional pages of the home screen.
Swipe right to display the All Apps screen.
Continued 257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
258
Featu res
1To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 362
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 362
In case those apps still do not startup normally, even after Factory Data Reset, contact your dealer.
Each item with HUD is listed on the head-up display menu.
If you want to hide the item from the head-up display menu, select Remove from Heads-Up Display.
Models with head-up display
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 258
To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
You can add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Swipe right to display the All Apps screen. 3. Go to an app on the list, then press and
hold true touchpad A. 4. From the pop-up menu, select Add to
Home Page or Add to Heads-Up Display*. u The icon or HUD* appears next to
the app on the list when the corresponding icon has been added to the home screen or head-up display.
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1To add shortcut icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
You can add an icon to the head-up display directly from the home screen. Select an icon on the home screen, then press and hold the true touchpad A. After that, select Add to Heads-Up Display, and then press the (back) button or the (home) button to confirm the change. Note that icons for Messages, Settings, and System Update cannot be added to the head-up display.
Models with head-up display
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 259
To add shortcut icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
Shortcut icons for items stored in Favorite can be added to the home screen and the head-up display.
1. Select a favorite item, then press and hold true touchpad A. u A pop-up menu will appear on the
screen. 2. Select Add to Home Page or Add to
Heads-Up Display*. u A short cut icon will be added to the
home screen or the head-up display.
Continued 259* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
260
Featu res
1To move icons on the home screen
Press and hold (home) button to switch to the customization screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 260
To move icons on the home screen You can change the location of the icons on the home screen.
1. Select the icon you want to move, then press and hold true touchpad A. u The screen will change to the
customization screen. 2. Drag the icon to where you want it to be
and then press and hold the true touchpad A. u The icon will be repositioned and the
screen will remain in the customization mode.
u After you drag the icon, keep your finger on the true touchpad A and then press down. If you release your finger before pressing the true touchpad A, the icon will remain in its original place.
u If you want to reposition the icon on another page of the home screen, swipe the true touchpad A.
3. Press the (back) button or the (home) button to confirm the change.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1To remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display*
Removing an icon from the home screen does not result in the deletion of the corresponding app.
Press and hold (home) button to switch to the customization screen.
If you remove a shortcut icon from the home screen, the function of selected icon also remove from the head-up display.
Models with head-up display
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 261
To remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display*
You can remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display. 1. From the home screen, select the icon that
you want to remove, then press and hold true touchpad A. u The screen will switch to the
customization screen. 2. Go to Remove from Home Page or
Remove from Heads-Up Display* and press the true touchpad A. u The icon will be removed from the home
screen or the head-up display, and the screen will remain in the customization mode.
3. Press the (back) button or the (home) button to confirm the change.
You can also remove an icon from the home screen or head-up display directly from the All Apps list. 1. Go to an item you want to remove, then
press and hold the true touchpad A. 2. Go to Remove from Home Page or
Remove from Heads-Up Display* and press the true touchpad A. u The icon will be removed from the home
screen or the head-up display. 3. Press the (back) button or the
(home) button to confirm the change.
Select and hold.
Continued 261* Not available on all models
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 262
1. Select the system status area, then press true touchpad B. u The status items will appear in the
primary information area. 2. Select an item to see the details. u Select Dismiss to delete the detail. u Press the (back) button or select
status area again to close the status list.
Status Area
System Status Area
Status Items
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Searching Screen
Delete a letter or number Swipe left the true touchpad A to delete a letter or a number. Input a space Swipe right the true touchpad A to input a space.
You can inputting letters or numbers by using on screen keyboard. Select KEYBOARD on the upper right of the screen. When you return to hand-writing input screen, select HANDWRITING.
You can inputting letters or numbers by using voice control operation. Select icon on the upper left of the screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 263
You can use the hand-writing input feature by using the true touchpad A when searching for various items of the audio system (e.g., music, route of the navigation, phonebook contact).
1. Write letters or numbers using the true touchpad A. u Search results appear on the screen.
2. Press the true touchpad A. u If you re-enter letters or numbers, select
the input area on the upper side of the screen.
3. Select a desired item, and then press the true touchpad A.
Searching Screen
Input Area
Continued 263
264
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 264
You can edit, show, or hide the audio, phone, navigation* contents on the multi- information display or the head-up display*.
To add or remove an items 1. Press the APPS button on the steering
wheel. 2. Roll down the left selector wheel to select
Customize Apps. 3. Move the left selector wheel left to select
Add/Remove. 4. Select an item then press the left selector
wheel. u The checked items are displayed on the
multi-information display or the head-up display*.
Customizing the Meter or Head-Up Display*
On Multi-Information Display
On Head-Up Display*
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 265
Editing order 1. Press the APPS button on the steering
wheel. 2. Using the left selector wheel, scroll to
Customize Apps and then press the selector wheel.
3. Move the selector wheel to the right to go to the Reorder screen.
4. Scroll to an item you want to move, then press the left selector wheel.
5. Scroll to where you want to move the contents, then press the left selector wheel.
On Multi-Information Display
On Head-Up Display*
265* Not available on all models
266
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 266
System Updates The audio systems firmware can be updated with the telematics control unit (TCU) through the subscription-based service.
Wireless connection mode setup 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Connection Setup.
5. Select Change Mode. 6. Select Network. u The display will return to the network list.
7. Select an access point from the network list, then select OK. u If the audio system requires a password,
enter a password.
How to Update Wirelessly
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 267
How to update When the audio system update is available, the notification is shown on the audio/ information screen. Use the following procedure to update the system.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via Wireless Connection. u When the download is complete, the
screen for step 5 will be displayed. 4. Select Download Now. u A notification will appear on the screen.
Notification
267Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
268
Featu res
1How to update
The system may cancel the firmware update if the battery is low on power, even if you have selected Install while Vehicle OFF. If you want to install the updated data, recharge the battery or select Install Now.
If you select Install Now, the system may reboot.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 268
5. Select Install Now or Install while Vehicle OFF. u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful when Install Now is selected.
u If you select Install while Vehicle OFF, proceed to steps 6 and 7.
6. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). u A notification will appear on the screen.
If you select Postpone Update, the update will be postponed.
7. Exit from your vehicle. u The system will start the firmware
update. u If the update is successful, a notification
informing you of this fact will appear on the screen the next time you set the power mode to ON.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 269
Automatic download settings Use the following procedure to change to the automatic download setting.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Auto Download. 5. Select the access point, then Allow.
View a update status Use the following procedure to confirm the update status. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Update Result.
269Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
270
Featu res
1How to Update with a USB Device
A USB device with a minimum of 8 GB of free space or more is recommended.
Be sure to delete any previous inventory or update files from the USB device before starting the USB update process.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 270
Download the update files from the server 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select via USB. u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect a USB device into the USB port in the console compartment. u The inventory data is copied into the USB
device. 2 USB Ports P. 243
5. Remove the USB device from the USB port. 6. Connect the USB device into your
computer, and then download the update files. u Follow the link to download the required
software update files. Refer to https://usb.acura.com for instructions.
How to Update with a USB Device
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates Featu
res
1Update the audio system
The system may stop the firmware update when battery is low on power, even when you selected Install while Vehicle OFF. If you want to install the updated data, recharge the battery or select Install Now.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 271
Update the audio system 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select via USB. u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect the USB device with the update files into the USB port. u A notification appears on the screen.
2 USB Ports P. 243
5. Select Install Now or Install while Vehicle OFF. u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful when Install Now is selected.
u When you select Install while Vehicle OFF go to step 6.
6. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). u A notification appears on the screen. If
you select Postpone Update, the update is postponed.
7. Exit from your vehicle. u The system will start the firmware
update. u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful at the next time you set the power mode to ON.
271
272
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Featu res
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.
You can also adjust the sound the following procedure. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Sound.
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader You can change where the sound comes from by selecting one of the speaker options below: Full Vehicle: All the speakers emit sound. Driver Only: Allows driver to listen to the audio
system while maintaining a quieter environment for the other occupants.
Front Only: Allows front seat occupants to listen to the audio system while maintaining a quieter environment for occupants in the rear.
Rear Only: Allows rear seat occupants to listen to the audio system while maintaining a quieter environment for occupants in the front.
Reset to Default Select to reset the following settings from the pop-up menu to their factory default. Bass / Treble Roof / Center Volume*
Center Volume*
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*
Balance / Fader*
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 272
Adjusting the Sound 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select an audio source icon.
3. Select SOUND. 4. Select the setting you want.
3. Select MENU. 4. Select Sound Settings. 5. Select the setting you want.
Select an item from the following choices: Bass / Treble: Treble, Midrange, Bass Roof / Center Volume*/Center Volume*:
Roof speaker*, center speaker Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*: Driver
Only, Front Only, Rear Only, Full Vehicle, Balance, Fader
Balance / Fader*: Balance, Fader Speed Volume Compensation: Speed
Volume Compensation (SVC) DTS Neural Surround*: DTS Neural
SurroundTM
Compressed Audio Enhancement*: Enhancement for compressed audio quality
USB Audio, AUX Input mode
FM Radio, AM Radio, SiriusXM, Bluetooth Audio mode
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Featu
res
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.
To reset the settings, select Reset to Default. Reset to Default is only applicable to the settings in the current mode.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 273
Display Setup You can change the brightness of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Display. 4. Select Day Mode or Night Mode. 5. Select the setting you want. u When you adjust the Contrast and
Black Level, select More Settings.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Changing the Screen Brightness
Limitations for Manual Operation*
273* Not available on all models
274
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Featu res
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, the system beeps and the display changes to the voice recognition screen.
Press the (home) button, (back) button on the true touchpad or APPS button on the steering wheel to cancel a voice recognition function.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 274
Voice Control Operation Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation. The voice control system uses the (talk) and (back) buttons on the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system: The system recognize a natural language and accept your free form voice
command. An example of voice commands:
2 Voice Recognition Screen P. 275
Close the windows and panoramic roof. Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling. Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words. Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
Voice Recognition
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 275
When the (talk) button is pressed, the voice control screen appears. For a complete list of commands, say Help after the beep.
The system accepts free form voice commands. See the following examples for recommended voice commands.
Voice Recognition Screen
Phone Commands Dial by number Call
Redial Redial Redial last number Call last number
Voicemail Call voicemail Dial voicemail Check voicemail Check mailbox
Contact by voice Call
her/his
Phone Commands
Phone commands are not available if using Apple CarPlay.
FM Commands Play FM radio Tune to <87.7-107.9> FM I want to listen to FM <87.7-107.9> Play FM <87.7-107.9>
AM Commands Play AM radio Tune to <530-1710> AM I want to listen to AM <530-1710> Play AM <530-1710>
Audio Commands
275Continued
276
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 276
Sirius XM Commands Play XM radio Play XM
satellite radio
USB Commands Play USB Play iPod Play genre
Bluetooth Audio Commands Play Bluetooth
AUX Commands Play AUX
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Help Cancel Repeat Voice Help are readout voice guidance for Help on current screen.
You can search for the desired item on each search screen with your voice.
Next Page Previous Page Back Go to
*1: Models with navigation system
Navigation Commands*1
Standard Commands
Letter Input Commands
List Commands
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
MENU Select to display the menu screen.
Station List Select to display the station list screen.
Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.
Favorite Station Icons, Add Favorite Tune the radio frequency for favorite station. Select Add Favorite to store the station. Swipe left or right the true touchpad A to display the next or previous favorite station list.
Icon Select to display the subchannel list screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 277
Playing AM/FM Radio
Tune Select to display the manual input screen of radio frequency.
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/ Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.
Scan Select to scan each station with a strong signal.
277Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
278
Featu res
1Favorite Station
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode Press the APPS button on the steering wheel, then select an item or select the audio source icon on the home screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 247
You can store 12 AM/FM stations into favorite station.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. For patents see http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio, Artist Experience, and the HD, HD Radio, and ARC logos are registered trademarks or trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 278
To add a favorite station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select Add Favorite, then select Current Station. u When you select From Station List, you can store a station from the station
list.
Editing a favorite station Select and hold to desired favorite station icon.
The following items are available: Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite station icon from the favorite station list. Replace with (number): Replace the stored favorite station icon. Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut icon of the stored favorite station to the
home screen. Add to Heads-Up Display*: Add the shortcut item of the stored favorite station
to the head-up display menu.
Favorite Station
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
1Station List
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS automatically turns on, and the frequency display changes to the station name. However, when the signals of that station become weak, the display changes from the station name to the frequency.
1Radio Frequency Manual Tune Screen
You can tune the range of FM frequency between 87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency between 530 to 1710kHz.
Select , then trace the numbers of the radio frequency on the true touchpad A. When KEYPAD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 279
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band. 1. Select Station List to display a list. 2. Select the station.
Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Select Station List to display a list. 2. Select Refresh.
1. Select Tune. 2. Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Stop or press the (back) button.
Station List
Radio Frequency Manual Tune Screen
Scan
Continued 279
280
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 280
Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected while listening to an FM station. 1. Select icon. 2. Select the channel number.
Change the AM/FM settings. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select HD Radio Setting. 3. Select Automatic or Analog Only.
HD Subchannel
AM/FM Settings
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
MENU Select to display the menu screen.
Channels Select to display the channel list screen.
More Select to display the additional function items. Select Less to close the additional function items.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to the previous or next channel. Press and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
Category Icons Select or to change the category.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 281
Playing SiriusXM Radio
Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
Favorite Channel Icons, Add Favorite Tune the channel for favorite channel. Select Add Favorite to store the channel. Swipe left or right the true touchpad A to display the next or previous favorite channel list.
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/ Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
Album Art
281Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
282
Featu res
1Playing SiriusXM Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.
SiriusXM Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.
Switching the Audio Mode Press the APPS button on the steering wheel, then select an item or select the audio source icon on the home screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 247
Tune Start: When you change to a favorite channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off by the following procedure. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Tune Start. 4. Select On or Off.
To change a category, select Category icons, or select Channels and then select category item.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 282
1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Tune Mode. 4. Select All Channels or Within Category.
To Change the Tune Mode
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Favorite Channel
You can store 12 SiriusXM channels in the favorite channel list.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 283
To add a favorite channel: 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select Add Favorite, then select CURRENT CHANNEL. u When you select From Channels, you can store a channel from the channel
list.
Editing a favorite channel Select and hold to desired favorite channel.
The following items are available: Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite channel from the favorite channel list. Replace with Ch (number): Replace the stored favorite channel. Create TuneMix: Create a favorite multi-channel. Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut icon of the stored favorite channel to the
home screen. Add to Heads-Up Display*: Add the shortcut item of the stored favorite channel
to the head-up display menu.
Favorite Channel
Continued 283* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
284
Featu res
1Favorite multi-channel (for music channels only)
When you want to replace the channel, select Replace with Ch (number). If you want to delete a channel, select Edit TuneMix, and then select the channel you want to delete.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 284
Favorite multi-channel (for music channels only) You can store up to 20 of your preferred music channels per favorite channel.
To create a favorite multi-channel: 1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold a number that you want to
use as a favorite multi-channel. 3. Select Create TuneMix. u The number you have selected will be
registered as a favorite multi-channel number, and the channel that you have tuned will be registered with this number.
To add a channel to a favorite multi-channel: 1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold a favorite multi-channel
number. 3. Select Edit TuneMix. 4. Select Add Channel. u Current channel is added to the
TuneMix. u A message appears if the current channel
cannot be added to the TuneMix.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to eight featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed.
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the channel on the true touchpad A. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 285
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM can be displayed and selected. 1. Select Channels. 2. Select featured channel category. 3. Select featured channel.
Listening to Featured Channels
Continued 285
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
286
Featu res
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned off as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will automatically start deleting the oldest data.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory (D): Play/Pause icon
Audio/Information Screen
(C) (B) (A)
(D)
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 286
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes broadcast of your currently tuned channel as well as the last 30 minutes broadcast of favorite channels, starting from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to favorite channel, the system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.
1. Select More. 2. Move the position you want to replay by selecting or .
To play or pause on playback mode, select the play/pause icon.
Returning to real-time broadcast Select and hold or select Live.
Replay Function
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Live Sports Alert
The Pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert function.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 287
While listening to other channel, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.
To set up a favorite team 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Sports Notification Setup. 4. Select Edit Favorite Teams. 5. Select Add Favorite Team. 6. Select a team.
To set up an alert message 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Sports Notification Setup. 4. Select SportsFlash Game Play Notifications. 5. Select Notifications. 6. Select On. 7. Select Select SportsFlash Teams. 8. Select a registered team. u Press the (back) button, the screen returns to the previous screen.
Live Sports Alert
Continued 287
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
288
Featu res
1Game Start Notification
Before receiving a game start notification, register a favorite sports team.
2 To set up a favorite team P. 287
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 288
You can receive a sports channel notification when registered sports team start playing.
To set up a game start notification 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Sports Notification Setup. 4. Select Game Notifications. 5. Select On.
Receiving a game start notification 1. A pop-up appears on the secondary information area and notifies you of a game
start notification. 2. Select the system status area then press the true touchpad B. u The status items appear on the primary information area.
3. Select a SiriusXM notification item using true touchpad A to see the details.
Game Start Notification
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Traffic and Weather Information
When traffic and weather information is received, a notification is displayed in the secondary information area.
2 Secondary Information Area P. 255
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 289
You can receive traffic and weather information. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Traffic & Weather Setup. 4. Select Selected City. 5. Select the region.
Receiving a traffic and weather information 1. A pop-up will appear in the secondary information area to notify you that new
traffic and weather information is available. 2. Select the system status area, then press true touchpad B. u The status area will appear in the primary information area.
3. To see the details, select an item using true touchpad A. u The traffic and weather information will appear in the secondary information
area. u Select Keep Listening to continue receiving traffic and weather information. u Select Return to Ch (channel number) to stop viewing traffic and weather
information.
Traffic and Weather Information
Continued 289
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
290
Featu res
1Channel Schedule
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the channel on the true touchpad A. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
1To set up an alert message
The Pop-up appears and notifies you of an alert function.
Selecting One Time disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON.
If you want to delete the alert, select Remove Alert.
To enable an alert message, change settings for the alert function.
2 To enable the alert function P. 291
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 290
You can view a channel schedule or receive a alert when your favorite program is about to start.
To view a channel schedule 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Channel Schedule.
To set up an alert message 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Channel Schedule. 3. Select a program. 4. Select Set Program Alert. 5. Select One Time or Every Time.
Channel Schedule
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 291
You can change settings for the alert function.
To enable the alert function 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Manage Program Alerts. 4. Select Notifications. 5. Select On or Off.
To remove an alert 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Manage Program Alerts. 4. Select Alerts Set. 5. Select an item you want to delete. u A confirmation message appears on the screen. Select Delete.
Manage Program Alert
291Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
292
Featu res
1Scan
The favorites scan function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM.
The Featured Channels function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM.
TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 292
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1. Select More. 2. Select Scan.
You can change a scan mode by the following procedure. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Scan Mode. 4. Select Channels or Favorites.
To turn off scan, select Stop.
Scan
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 293
Change the SiriusXM settings. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select an option.
Tune Mode: Choose whether to group by category or channel number when changing channels.
Scan Mode: Select the scan mode from all channels or favorites. Tune Start: Start the currently playing song at the beginning when you switch to
a music channel favorite. Sports Notification Setup: Set to receive sports alerts such as scores from your
favorite teams. 2 Live Sports Alert P. 287
Traffic & Weather Setup: Set to receive traffic and weather information. 2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 289
Manage Program Alerts: Change settings for the alert function. 2 Manage Program Alert P. 291
SiriusXM Settings
293
294
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Featu res
Repeat Icon Select to repeat the current song.
SOUND Select to display the sound settings.
Music Library Select to display the music search screen.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 294
Playing an iPod Using your USB connector, connect the iPod to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 243
Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/ Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to change songs. Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.
Play/Pause Icon
Album Art
Current Song Information Select to display the play list screen.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu
res
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 315
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod while the phone is connected to the audio system, you may no longer be able to operate the same app on the audio/information screen. Reconnect the device if necessary.
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the song on the true touchpad A. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 295
1. Select Music Library. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.). 3. Continue making selections until you find
the song of your choice.
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Continued 295
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
296
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Shuffle
Repeat
*1: A play mode icon glows when selected.
(shuffle off): Shuffle mode to off.
(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat song): Repeats the current song.
(repeat all): Repeats the all songs in current playlist.
*1
*1
*1
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 296
You can change the playback mode for a song. Shuffle/Repeat Repeatedly select the shuffle or repeat icon until you find a play mode option of your preference.
How to Select a Play Mode
Shuffle Icon Repeat Icon
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu
res
Repeat Icon Select to repeat the current file.
SOUND Select to display the sound settings.
Music Library Select to display the music search screen.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 297
Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays audio files on a USB flash drive in either format of MP3, WMA, AAC*1, etc.
2 Playable audio file P. 320
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode. 2 USB Ports P. 243
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Random Icon Select to play all files in the current category in random order.
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/ Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to change files. Press and hold to move rapidly within a file.
Play/Pause Icon
Album Art
Current File Information Select to display the play list screen.
297Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
298
Featu res
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 318
WMA files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 315
Select SEARCH or SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the song on the true touchpad A. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on- screen keyboard appears.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 298
1. Select Music Library. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.). 3. Continue making selections until you find
the file of your choice.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu
res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Random
Repeat
*1: A play mode icon glows when selected.
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder): Plays all files in current playlist.
(repeat file): Repeats the current file.
(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current folder.
*1
*1
*1
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 299
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file. Random/Repeat Repeatedly select the shuffle or repeat icon until you find a play mode option of your preference.
How to Select a Play Mode
299
300
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio
Featu res
1Playing Bluetooth Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
It may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.
Repeat Icon Select to repeat the current file.
Music Library Select to display the music search screen.
Track Icons Select or to change tracks. Select and hold to move rapidly within a track.
MENU Select to display the menu items.
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 300
Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
Random Icon Select to play all files in the current folder in random order.
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/ Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press or to change tracks. Press and hold to move rapidly within a track.
Play/Pause Icon
Current Track Information Select to display the play list screen.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu
res
1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time. When there are more than two paired phones in the vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is automatically connected.
Different devices can be connected respectively to Bluetooth hands-free phone and Bluetooth Audio functions.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there may be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track may not appear correctly. Some functions may not be available on some devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Bluetooth Audio from that phone will be unavailable. However, you can have a second previously paired phone stream Bluetooth Audio by selecting from the Bluetooth device list.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone.
You can change the connected phone by selecting MENU and Change Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 301
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.
To pause or resume a file Select the play/pause icon.
To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
Continued 301
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio
302
Featu res
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 302
1. Select Music Library. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums). 3. Select an item. u The selection begins playing.
Searching for Music
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection Featu
res
1Wi-Fi Connection
Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance.
1Connecting to a Wi-Fi Hotspot
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to set the audio system in Wi-Fi mode.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and smartphone data use. Check your phones data subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or off with the icon on the system status area. Transmission speed and others will not be displayed on this screen.
2 Status Area P. 262
In case of Wi-Fi connection with your phone, make sure your phones Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 303
Wi-Fi Connection You can connect the audio system to the Internet using Wi-Fi on the audio/ information screen. If your phone has wireless hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following steps to setup.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Wi-Fi. 5. Select Change Mode. 6. Select Network. u Select the access point you want to
connect to the system. u When you change the mode from
Hotspot to Network, a pop-up appears, then select Confirm.
7. Select Connect. u Enter a password for the access point. u When the connection is successful,
Connected is displayed on the list. 8. Press the (home) button to go back to
the home screen.
Connecting to a Wi-Fi Hotspot
303Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
304
Featu res
1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-Fi connection again after you boot your phone.
iPhone users
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 304
Make sure your phones Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.
You can set the network as a Wi-Fi Hotspot of this audio system. Use the following steps to setup.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Wi-Fi. 5. Select Change Mode. 6. Select Hotspot. u When you change the mode from
Network to Hotspot, a pop-up appears, then select Confirm.
The following options are available for the setup. Network SSID: Set this network name. Password: Set password for require entering password when connecting Wi-Fi
device to this network. Connected Devices List: Display the connected device list. Up to seven devices
can be connected to this network.
Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
Setting the Audio System as a Wi-Fi Hotspot
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAT&T Hotspot Featu
res
1AT&T Hotspot
To use AT&T Hotspot services, your vehicle must be subscribed to a data plan. If your vehicle is not subscribed to a data plan, you can visit www.att.com/ acura to add vehicle data services.
Hotspot username and password can be changed in the Edit Hotspot Properties of the AT&T Hotspot app. Settings can not be accessed while driving. Park in a safe place to adjust Hotspot settings.
Alternatively, you can use your mobile hotspot to connect the vehicle and other mobile devices to the Internet.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 303
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 305
AT&T Hotspot If you have subscribed to AT&T hotspot services, your vehicle will provide data to connect your mobile devices to the Internet. You can use the AT&T Hotspot app to turn on/off vehicle data and monitor data usage left on your subscription.
Hotspot Enable Turn on/off AT&T Hotspot.
Data Usage Bar Check the current status of your data plan. This Usage Bar will show your current plan and how much data remains on your plan. Subscription plans for AT&T Hotspot can be added/modified at www.att.com/acura.
Refresh and Plan Info Refreshes screen to show data remaining. Shows your current AT&T subscription plan for the vehicle.
Edit Hotspot Properties Shows the current username and password for vehicle Hotspot. Hotspot settings can be changed while the vehicle is not in motion.
Help
AT&T Hotspot Menu
Hotspot Enable
Refresh and Plan Info
Edit Hotspot Properties
Data Usage Bar
Help
305
306
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Featu res
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri.
While driving we recommend only using Siri through the button on the steering wheel (Siri Eyes Free).
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps.
Press the (back) button on the true touchpad to deactivate siri.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 306
Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using to press and hold the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
Using Siri Eyes Free
(Talk) Button Press and hold until the display changes as shown. Press again to deactivate Siri.
(Back) Button Press to deactivate Siri.
While in Siri Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear.
Appears when Siri is activated in Siri Eyes Free
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu
res
1Apple CarPlay
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible apps.
While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, turn Apple CarPlay off.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 309
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio or Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
For details on countries and regions where Apple CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 307
Apple CarPlay If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the USB port in the console compartment, you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Ports P. 243
Apple CarPlay Icon
307Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
308
Featu res
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements & Limitations Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Apple CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple homepage for information on compatible apps.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 308
Phone Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
Music Play music stored on your iPhone.
Maps Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination.
Messages Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
Acura Select the Acura icon to go back to the home screen.
Go back to the Apple CarPlay Dashboard screen.
Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen.
Apple CarPlay Menu
Models with navigation system
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu
res
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple CarPlay: Press the (home) button Select Settings Connections Apple CarPlay Select device Allow Apple CarPlay
Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and Apples Privacy Policy.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 309
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the USB port in the console compartment, use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the audio/ information screen.
1. Connect the iPhone to the USB port using the USB cable. 2 USB Ports P. 243
u The confirmation screen will be displayed. 2. Select Enable Apple CarPlay. u If you do not want to connect Apple CarPlay, select Do Not Enable Apple
CarPlay.
You may change the consent settings under the Connections settings menu.
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
Enabling Apple CarPlay
Continued 309
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
310
Featu res
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for Siri: What movies are playing today? Call dad at work. What song is this? Hows the weather tomorrow? Read my latest email. Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit www.apple.com/ios/siri.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 310
Press and hold the (Talk) button to activate Siri.
(Talk) Button: Press and hold to activate Siri. Press again to deactivate Siri. Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
(Talk) Button
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu
res
1Android Auto
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are compatible with Android Auto. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto phone.
To use Android Auto on a smartphone with Android 9.0 (Pie) or earlier, you need to download the Android Auto app from Google Play to your smartphone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android phone to Android Auto and when launching any compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the USB port located in the console compartment. The USB ports located on the front panel and the back of the console compartment* are used only for charging.
2 USB Ports P. 243
When your Android phone is connected to Android Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Android Auto is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 311
Android Auto When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the USB port in the console compartment, Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the screen. We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using Android Auto.
2 USB Ports P. 243 2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 313
Android Auto Icon
311Continued* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
312
Featu res
1Android Auto
For details on countries and regions where Android Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Android Auto Operating Requirements & Limitations Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Android Auto functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Android Auto functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Android Auto performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 312
Maps Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination. The audio/information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination.
Play Music Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto. To switch between music apps, select this icon.
Phone Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
Exit Select the Exit icon to go back to the home screen.
Android Auto Menu
Models with navigation system
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu
res
1Enabling Android Auto
Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android Auto settings after you have completed the initial setup: Press the (home) button Select Settings Connections Android Auto Select device
Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is governed by the Googles Privacy Policy.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 313
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
You can check Android notifications.
(Android Auto Home) Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear just when theyre needed.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the USB port in the console compartment, Android Auto is automatically initiated.
Enabling Android Auto To enable Android Auto after connecting an Android phone to the system, select Enable Android Auto on the screen.
You may change the consent settings under the Connections settings menu.
Auto Pairing Connection
Continued 313
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
314
Featu res
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with voice recognition: Reply to text. Call my wife. Navigate to Acura. Play my music. Send a text message to my wife. Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android Auto homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function by selecting the icon in the lower-left corner of the screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 314
Press and hold the (Talk) button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
(Talk) Button: Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice. Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
(Talk) Button
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 315
Audio Error Messages
res
Solution
e is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn gain. Do not reconnect the device that caused the
is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod re to the newer version.
e is connected. If it appears when a supported evice. are in the device. Check that compatible files are
sh drive are copyright protected or an unsupported
empty.
d on the device.
ral USB devices is connected. Disconnect the USB to the USB port using the extension cable.
iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
USB Error
Appears when an incompatible devic the audio system off, and turn it on a error.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected, update the iPod softwa
Appears when an unsupported devic device is connected, reconnect the d Appears when unsupported formats stored on the device.
The selected file cannot be played on this system
Appears when the files in the USB fla format.
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is
Check that compatible files are store
USB Hub Error Appears when the USB hub with plu hubs and directly connect the device
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
315
316
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps
Featu res
on
n to close the app.
ittle longer. If it does not respond even if you keep e error message continues, perform Factory Data
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 316
Android/Apps If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error occurs.
Error Message Soluti
Unfortunately, **** has stopped.*1 Error has occurred within app, select OK on the scree
**** isn't responding. Do you want to close it?*1
App is not responding. Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a l waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If th Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 362
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto Featu
res
Solution
roid Auto fails to recognize your device. ith Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, or the latest r device.
Apple CarPlay devices or Android Auto devices e and Continue and delete a registered device to CarPlay connection or Android Auto connection.
isconnected from the HFL function. Reconnect
g is off. Select Turn Bluetooth On to turn on the
Bluetooth devices exceeds the limitation. elete a registered device to connect a new device
n is failed. this audio system and your connected device.
one is paired with the audio system. Select OK to
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 317
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Error Appears when Apple CarPlay or And Check if your device is compatible w version of the app is installed on you
Maximum Number of Apple Carplay Devices Exceeded Appears when the number of stored
exceeds the limitation. Select Replac connect a new device for the Apple Maximum Number of Android Auto
Devices Exceeded
(connected device name) Connected Appears when the paired device is d device and try again.
Bluetooth Off Appears when the Bluetooth settin Bluetooth feature.
Maximum Number of Bluetooth Devices Exceeded
Appears when the number of stored Select Replace and Continue and d for the Bluetooth connection.
Bluetooth Connection Error Appears when Bluetooth connectio Check the Bluetooth connection of
Other Devices Connected to Bluetooth Appears when another registered ph select the Android Auto device.
317
318
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 318
General Information on the Audio System
1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: US: SiriusXM Radio at
www.siriusxm.com/subscribenow or 1-866-635- 2349
Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now, or 1-877-209- 0079
1Receiving SiriusXM Radio
The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.
You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack
SiriusXM Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the screen, select channel up/down icons to Ch.0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM mode by using the audio remote controls on the steering wheel, or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.
Channel **** not subscribed. Call SiriusXM to subscribe.*1
You are not subscribed to the channel selected. Subscription updated: SiriusXM radio is receiving information update from the network. Channel Not Available: No such channel exits, or the artist or title information is unavailable. No Signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Check Tuner: There is a problem with the SiriusXM tuner. Contact a dealer. Check Antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.
*1: ****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an subscribe.
Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Receiving SiriusXM Radio
SiriusXM Radio Display Messages
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives Featu
res
1iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 319
Compatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model iPod nano (7th generation) (launch in 2012) iPod touch (5th to 6th generation) released between 2012 and 2015 iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone SE/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus iPad 2/iPad (3rd generation)/iPad (4th generation) iPad Pro (9.7-inch)/iPad Pro (12.9-inch) 1st Generation iPad Air/iPad Air 2 iPad mini/iPad mini 2/iPad mini 3/iPad mini 4
319Continued
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
320
Featu res
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 320
A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of playable file formats may be unsupported.
Playable audio file
USB Flash Drives
Format/Codec File Type(s) AAC LC 3GPP (.3gp), MPEG-4 (.mp4, .m4a),
ADTS raw AAC (.aac, decode in Android 3.1+, encode in Android 4.0+, ADIF not supported), MPEG-TS (.ts, not seekable, Android 3.0+)
HE-AACv1 (AAC+) HE-AACv2 (enhanced AAC+)
AAC ELD (enhanced low delay AAC)
AMR-NB 3GPP (.3gp)
AMR-WB FLAC FLAC (.flac) only
MIDI Type 0 and 1 (.mid, .xmf, .mxmf), RTTTL/ RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota), iMelody (.imy)
MP3 MP3 (.mp3) Opus Matroska (.mkv) PCM/WAVE WAVE (.wav)
Vorbis Ogg (.ogg), Matroska (.mkv, Android 4.0+)
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 321
Honda App License Agreement
Featu res
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS AGREEMENT) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR VEHICLE) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE SERVICES). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (HONDA, US, WE, OR OUR), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919 TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO HONDA IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDAS PARENT COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A PROVIDER). REFERENCE TO A PROVIDER IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDERS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a DEALER). The SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, HONDA SERVICES); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, PROVIDER SERVICES), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property. 1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a) as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the HONDA TERMS). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while you are using the SOFTWARE.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
321Continued
322
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 322
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source licenses which govern HONDAs distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone. Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the PROVIDER TERMS). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants, conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information, targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use. (a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA (any DOCUMENTATION). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 323
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors, affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation, HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION; (2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or interfere with anyone elses use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES; (3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any way; (4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights; (5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver distraction laws, rules or regulations; (6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions, and privacy policies; or (7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software licenses.
323Continued
324
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 324
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation 1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid drivers license issued by their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of such websites and content.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 325
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties) use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the- air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be updated at HONDAs discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings 1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicles current location (longitude and latitude), travel direction and speed (VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts, or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
325Continued
326
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 326
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls, routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a) consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 327
E. Information Collection and Storage 1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you. HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE (VEHICLE INFORMATION) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows, battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes, diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicles geolocation data (latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLESs multimedia system and you understand that the security and safety of your VEHICLEs multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
327Continued
328
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 328
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non- infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights. 1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorneys fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 329
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential, indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including, without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you, and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA, PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence, strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
329Continued
330
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 330
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLEs compatible multimedia system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer. 1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason, and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 331
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION: PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION. Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration. YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. Claim means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any representations, omissions or warranties. Claim does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction. YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers, HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
331Continued
332
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 332
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDAs prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA. This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 333
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Featu res
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING APPLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
OWNERS MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
333Continued
334
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 334
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (THE APPLICATIONS) IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON- INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE, SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC., SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDAS TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses Featu
res
1About Open Source Licenses
For Amplifier Equipment For open source information, please visit: http://www.hondaopensource2.com/18.5MY_AMP
For Telematics Control Unit Free/Open Source Software Information.
This product contains Free/Open Source Software(FOSS). The license information and/or the source code of such FOSS can be found at the following URL.
https://www.denso.com/global/en/opensource/tcu/ honda/
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 335
About Open Source Licenses To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select About. 5. Select Legal Information.
335
336
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 336
License Information
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, and DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc. DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
**For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS, Inc. DTS, the Symbol, DTS and the Symbol together and DTS Enhance are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
DTS Neural Surround
DTS Enhance
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 337
Use of the Made for Apple badge means that an accessory has been designed to connect specifically to the Apple product(s) identified in the badge, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards.
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by DENSO CORPORATION is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.
Apple
Bluetooth
Windows Media
337Continued
338
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 338
Mpeg4 Visual THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR (i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUALA STANDARD (MPEG-4 VIDEO) AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
VC-1 THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (VC-1 VIDEO) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
MPEG
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 339
AVC/H.264 THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (AVC VIDEO) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
339
340
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 340
Customized Features
1Customized Features
When you customize settings: Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop. Put the transmission into (P.
To customize features detail, refer to the following. 2 Customization flow P. 341 2 List of customizable options P. 347
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
How to customize With the power mode in ON, select Settings, then select a setting item.
Audio/Information Screen
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 341
Customization flow
Press the (Home) button.
Select Settings.
Touchpad Sensitivity
System
System SoundsSystem Volumes
Phone Calls
Voice Recognition
Navigation Guidance
Date & Time
System Units
Factory Data Reset
Language
Time Format
Set Date & Time
Set Time
Set Date
Automatic Date & Time
About
(Select Time Zone)
Automatic Time Zone
Set Time Zone
341Continued
342
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
Options
+ Connect New Device
(Saved Devices)
Change Mode
(Available Networks/Network Information)
(Saved Devices)
AcuraLink Assist
Allow Apple CarPlay
Delete
Location Access
Events and reminders
Interruption Mode
Calls
Interruptions
Messages
Calls/messages from
Delete(Saved Devices)
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 342
Bluetooth
Wi-Fi
Connections
Apple CarPlay
Advanced Options
Android Auto
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Memory Position Link
Trip B Reset Timing
Seat Position Movement at Entry/Exit
Adjust Outside Temp Display
Trip A Reset Timing
Reverse Shift Position Beep
Auto Idle Stop Display
Adjust Alarm Volume
Turn by Turn Display*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Information*
Contrast
Black Level
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 343
Meter Setup
Vehicle
Driving Position Setup
Driver Assist System Setup
Night Mode
Day Mode
BrightnessDisplay
More Settings
Display Off
343Continued* Not available on all models
344
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Auto Headlight On with Wiper On
Auto Light Sensitivity*
Auto Folding Door Mirror*
Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode
Power Tailgate Open by Outer Handle
Hands Free Access Power Tailgate*
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Beep Volume
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off*
Walk Away Auto Lock
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 344
Door Setup
Lighting Setup
Power Tailgate Setup
Keyless Access Setup
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Guidelines
Cross Traffic Monitor*
Guidelines
Cross Traffic Monitor
Show after Shifting from Reverse
(Select Reset Items)
Reset All Due
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 345
Rear Camera*Camera
Surround View Camera*
Maintenance Information
345Continued* Not available on all models
346
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
Rear Only
Reset to Default
Front Only
Full Vehicle
Driver Only
Roof Speaker Volume
Center Speaker Volume
Reset to Default
Treble
Midrange
Bass
Center Speaker Volume
Reset to Default
Reset to Default
Reset to Default
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 346
Roof / Center Volume*
Sound
Speed Volume Compensation
DTS Neural Surround*
Notifications
Compressed Audio Enhancement*
Bass / Treble
Center Volume*
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*
Balance / Fader*
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 347
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
System Volumes
System Sounds Changes the system sounds volume.
Phone Calls Changes the phone call volume.
Voice Recognition Changes the voice recognition volume.
Navigation Guidance Changes the navigation guidance volume.
Touchpad Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the true touchpad.
High/Low*1
Date & Time
Time Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H.
12 Hour*1/24 Hour
Set Date & Time
Automatic Date & Time
Selects On to have the GPS automatically adjust the clock. Select Off to cancel this function.
On*1/Off
Set Date Adjusts date. 2 Adjusting the Clock P. 148
Set Time Adjusts clock. 2 Adjusting the Clock P. 148
347Continued
348
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
system to automatically k when driving through zones.
On*1/Off
ime zone manually.
peed/distance unit on mation display, head-up udio/information screen.
Miles*1/KM (U.S.) Miles/KM*1 (Canada)
isplay language. English*1/Franais/ Espaol
settings to their factory
g All the Settings P. 362 Continue/Cancel
ndroid setting items.
t to allow apps including system* to access the ion.
On*1/Off
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 348
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
System
Date & Time Set Time Zone
Automatic Time Zone
Sets the audio adjust the cloc different time
(Select time zone)
Changes the t
System Units Changes the s the multi-infor display* and a
Language Changes the d
Factory Data Reset Resets all the default.
2 Defaultin
About Displays the A
Advanced Options
Location Access Selects Off no the navigation vehicles locat
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
uption mode for tify when calls and rrive.
Always interrupt*1/ Dont interrupt/ Allow only priority interruptions
terruptions of events .
On*1/Off
terruptions of calls. On/Off
terruptions of messages. On/Off
terruptions of from who. Anyone*1/Contacts only/Starred contacts only
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 349
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
System Advanced Options
Interruptions
Interruption Mode
Sets the interr allowing to no notifications a
Events and reminders
Sets priority in and reminders
Calls Sets priority in
Messages Sets priority in
Calls/ messages from
Sets priority in
349Continued
350
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
tooth on and off. On*1/Off
one to HFL. tup P. 372
onnects, or deletes a
tup P. 372
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 350
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections Bluetooth
Options Turns the Blue
+ Connect New Device Pairs a new ph 2 Phone Se
(Saved Devices) Connects, disc paired phone.
2 Phone Se
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
i-Fi mode. Off*1/Hotspot/ Network
i-Fi mode. Off/Hotspot/ Network
ork name.
for require entering n connecting Wi-Fi etwork.
nnected device list.
i-Fi mode. Off/Hotspot/ Network
ailable network(s).
available network(s).
eviously entered
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 351
*1:Default Setting *2:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Off. *3:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Hotspot. *4:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Network.
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections Wi-Fi
Change Mode*2 Changes the W
Change Mode*3 Changes the W
Network SSID*3 Sets this netw
Password*3
Sets password password whe device to this n
Connected Devices List*3 Displays the co
Change Mode*4 Changes the W
(Available Networks)*4 Displays the av
Network Options*4
Add Network
Searches a new
Remembered Networks
Displays the pr network(s).
351Continued
352
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
ection. Disable/Enable
roid Auto device. Cancel/Delete
ple CarPlay connection. Disable/Enable
k Assist on and off. On*1/Off
le CarPlay device. Cancel/Delete
rightness of the audio/ reen.
io/information screen .
een the daytime mode mode. etup P. 273
ontrast of the audio/ reen.
lack level of the audio/ reen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 352
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections
Android Auto
(Saved Devices)
Sets up the Android Auto conn
Delete Delete an And
Apple CarPlay
(Saved Devices)
Allow Apple CarPlay
Sets up the Ap
AcuraLink Assist
Turn AcuraLin
Delete Delete an App
Display
Brightness Changes the b information sc
Display Off Turns the aud brightness off
Night Mode Changes betw and nighttime
2 Display SDay Mode
More Settings
Contrast Changes the c information sc
Black Level Changes the b information sc
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
ion Mitigation Braking TM) alert distance.
Long/Normal*1/ Short
tem to beep when the a vehicle, or when the ut of the ACC with Low range.
On/Off*1
etting for the road gation system.
Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only
tem to beep when Lane System (LKAS) is On/Off*1
etting for the blind spot Audible and Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 353
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Driver Assist System Setup
Forward Collision Warning Distance
Changes Collis System (CMBS
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Causes the sys system detects vehicle goes o Speed Follow
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Changes the s departure miti
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Causes the sys Keeping Assist suspended.
Blind Spot Information* Changes the s information.
353Continued* Not available on all models
354
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
mperature reading by a 5F ~ 0F*1 ~ 5F (U.S.) 3C ~ 0C*1 ~ 3C (Canada)
etting of how to reset d average fuel economy
With Refuel/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
etting of how to reset d average fuel economy
With Refuel/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
eper to sound once smission is put into (R .
On*1/Off
er the Auto Idle Stop on or not.
On/Off*1
larm volume, such as ings, turn signal sound, High/Mid*1/Low
er the turn-by-turn on during the route On*1/Off
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 354
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Meter Setup
Adjust Outside Temp Display Adjusts the te few degrees.
Trip A Reset Timing Changes the s trip meter A an A.
Trip B Reset Timing Changes the s trip meter B an B.
Reverse Shift Position Beep Causes the be when the tran
Auto Idle Stop Display Selects wheth display comes
Adjust Alarm Volume Changes the a buzzers, warn and so on.
Turn by Turn Display*
Selects wheth display comes guidance.
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
ng position memory off.
On*1/Off
vers seat to move back ier to enter or exit the On*1/Off
h doors unlock when rivers door handle.
Driver Door or Tailgate Only*1/All Doors
eep volume. High*1/Low
xterior lights to flash ck/lock the doors.
On*1/Off
per to sound when you e doors.
On*1/Off
ote engine start feature On*1/Off
ettings for the auto lock you walk away from Enable/Disable*1
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 355
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle
Driving Position Setup
Memory Position Link Turns the drivi system on and
Seat Position Movement at Entry/Exit
Causes the dri to make it eas vehicle.
Keyless Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode Changes whic you grab the d
Keyless Access Beep Volume Changes the b
Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some e when you unlo
Keyless Access Beep Causes the bee unlock/lock th
Remote Start System On/ Off*
Turns the rem on and off.
Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the s function when the vehicle.
355Continued* Not available on all models
356
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
ngth of time the interior fter you close the doors.
15 sec/30 sec*1/60 sec
ength of time the stay on after you close or.
0 sec/15 sec*1/30 sec/ 60 sec
ensitivity of the the instrument panel light switch is in AUTO
Min/Low/Mid*1/ High/Max
adlights to come on dlight switch is in the n and the wipers are mes within a certain ervals.
On*1/Off
iming for the headlights Min/Low/Mid*1/ High/Max
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 356
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Lighting Setup
Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the le lights stay on a
Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the l exterior lights the drivers do
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Changes the s brightness of when the head position.
Auto Headlight On with Wiper On
Causes the he when the hea AUTO positio used several ti number of int
Auto Light Sensitivity* Changes the t to come on.
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
etting for the automatic .
Off/With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P
etting for when the utomatically.
All Doors with Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors with Shift to P/All Doors with IGN Off/ Off
the drivers door or all k on the first push of the t-in key.
Driver Door*1/All Doors
- The exterior lights
sh)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off
me it takes for the doors he security system to set ck the vehicle without oor.
30 sec*1/60 sec/90 sec
tting so that the mirrors e the doors are locked te transmitter or keyless
Auto Fold with Keyless*1/Manual Only
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 357
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Door Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the s locking feature
Auto Door Unlock Changes the s doors unlock a
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Sets up either doors to unloc remote or buil
Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK flash. LOCK (2nd pu
Security Relock Timer
Changes the ti to relock and t after you unlo opening any d
Auto Folding Door Mirror*
Changes the se fold at the tim with the remo access system.
357Continued* Not available on all models
358
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
etting to enable the to be opened with the remote at anytime or doors are unlocked.
Anytime*1/When Unlocked
etting to enable or wer tailgate open n the user presses the f the power tailgate.
Off (Manual only)/ On (Power/ Manual)*1
etting to enable or wer tailgate open n a kicking motion bumper is detected.
On*1/Off
intenance MinderTM you have performed the ervice.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 358
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle
Power Tailgate Setup
Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode
Changes the s power tailgate keyless access only when the
Power Tailgate Open by Outer Handle
Changes the s disable the po operation whe outer handle o
Hands Free Access Power Tailgate*
Changes the s disable the po operation whe under the rear
Maintenance Information
(Select Reset Items) Resets the Ma display when maintenance sReset All Due
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
r the guidelines come mera monitor. w Rear Camera P. 517
Dynamic/Fixed/ Both*1/Off
s traffic monitor feature On*1/Off
r the guidelines come mera monitor. View Camera System*
Dynamic/Fixed/ Both*1/Off
s traffic monitor feature On*1/Off
iew to be automatically e front view when the out of (R .
On/Off*1
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 359
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Camera
Rear Camera*
Guidelines Selects whethe on the rear ca
2 Multi-Vie
Cross Traffic Monitor* Turns the cros on and off.
Surround View Camera*
Guidelines
Selects whethe on the rear ca
2 Surround P. 519
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cros on and off.
Show after Shifting from Reverse
Sets the rear v switched to th transmission is
359Continued* Not available on all models
360
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
ttings of the audio d.
g the Sound P. 272
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 360
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Sound
Bass / Treble
Treble
Adjusts the se speakers soun
2 Adjustin
Midrange
Bass
Reset to Default
Roof / Center Volume*
Roof Speaker Volume
Center Speaker Volume
Reset to Default
Center Volume*
Center Speaker Volume
Reset to Default
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*
Full Vehicle
Driver Only
Front Only
Rear Only
Reset to Default
Balance / Fader* Reset to Default
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
ttings of the audio d. the Sound P. 272
Off/Low/Mid*1/High
On/Off*1
On/Off*1
otification settings for
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 361
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Sound
Speed Volume Compensation Adjusts the se speakers soun
2 Adjusting DTS Neural Surround*
Compressed Audio Enhancement*
Notifications Changes the n apps.
361* Not available on all models
362
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Featu res
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the preinstalled apps to their factory default.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 362
Defaulting All the Settings Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select Factory Data Reset. u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. 5. Select Continue to reset the settings. 6. Select Reset to reset the settings. u The system will reboot.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Vehicle. 4. Select Reset to Default. 5. Select Reset.
Defaulting System Settings
Defaulting Vehicle Settings
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 363
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
res
1HomeLink Universal Transceiver
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.
Important Safety Precautions
363
364
uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 364
Training HomeLink If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: Press and hold the I and III HomeLink
buttons for about 10 seconds, until the green indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.
If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
III HomeLink Button
Indicator I HomeLink Button
uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink Featu
res
1Training HomeLink
Reprogramming a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:
Erasing Button Memory To erase programming from the buttons, press and hold the two outside HomeLink buttons until the HomeLink indicator changes from orange to rapidly flashing green. This should take about 10 seconds. You should erase all programming before selling the vehicle.
Operating To operate, simple press and release the programmed HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the trained device.
Questions For questions or comments, visit www.HomeLink.com, www.youtube.com/ HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline (North America only) at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation.
2.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to slowly flash orange. This should take about 20 seconds.
Release the HomeLink button and position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 - 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program, then follow steps 3 - 6 under programming a button.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 365
Programming a Button
Training Complete HomeLink LED is
continuously on green.
YES
YES
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.
3b. Canadian Garage Door Opener A. Press and release the HomeLink button. Press, hold and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing or continuously on green? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
NO
2. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Is the HomeLink indicator (LED) slowly flashing orange?
NO
3a. Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing green or continuously on green? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
HomeLink indicator rapidly flashes green.
5a. The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).
6. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.
Training Complete 5b. Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
4. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a second. Does the device (garage door opener) work?
365
366
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 366
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
To use the system, the Bluetooth setting must be On.
2 Phone Setup P. 372
Voice control tips Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphones.
Press the button when you want to call a number using a phonebook name or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume or use the audio remote controls on the steering wheel.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
HFL Buttons
(Talk) Button
Microphone (Back) Button
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu
res
1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 367
Left Selector Wheel: Incoming call: Move the selector wheel to the right to answer the call. Move it
to the left to decline the call. During a call: Move the selector wheel to the right to display the call options
menu. Move it to the left to end the call. (back) button: Press the button to go back to the previous screen or to
cancel a command. (talk) button: Press the button to start voice recognition.
To go to the phone screen of the multi-information display or the head-up display*: 1. Press the APPS button on the steering wheel. 2. Using the selector wheel, scroll to Phone on the multi-information display or the
head-up display*, and then press the left selector wheel. u You can select Favorites or Recents by moving the selector wheel to the left
or the right.
Continued 367* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL
368
Featu res
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 368
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Bluetooth connection status is displayed in the secondary information area.
HFL Status Display
HFL Mode
Callers Name (If registered)/ Callers Number (If not registered)
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
Signal StrengthBattery Level Status
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 369
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Limitations for Manual Operation*
369* Not available on all models
370
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
tgoing, incoming and missed calls.
tgoing calls.
oming calls.
ssed calls.
st.
mber from the call history to store as a mber.
mber from the phonebook to store as a mber. ber to store as a favorite contact number.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 370
HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
Phone screen 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Phone.
Display the last ouRecents All
Dialed
Received
Display the last ou
Display the last inc
Missed Display the last mi
Enter Number Enter a phone number to dial.
Contacts Display the phonebook of the paired phone.
Add Favorite
(Favorite Contact List)
MENU
From Recents
From Contacts
Using Enter Number
Dial the selected number in the favorite contact li
Display the Phone Menu screen.
Select a phone nu favorite contact nu Select a phone nu favorite contact nu Enter a phone num
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 371
Phone Menu screen 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select MENU.
Change Connected Phone + Connect New Device Pair a new phone to the system.
Connect or disconnect a paired device.
Ringtone Select the ring tone.
Auto Sync Phone Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Auto Phone Call Transfer Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
AcuraLink Assist Turn AcuraLink Assist on and off.
Options Delete Device
Automatically Download Updates
Delete a paired device.
Turn automatic download function of the software on and off.
Options Turns the Bluetooth on and off.
(Existing entry list)
371Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
372
Featu res
1Bluetooth setup
If there is an active connection to Android Auto, this setting is unavailable.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 372
Bluetooth setup You can turn Bluetooth function on and off. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Bluetooth. 5. Select Options. 6. Select On.
Phone Setup
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to the system before you can make and receive hands- free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or more icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio. : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone can be used with internet wireless
hotspot.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, pairing of additional Bluetooth compatible devices is unavailable.
Enable Smart Sharing pop-up Smart Sharing to share phone data with Acura, you can change the setting later by deleting the device in Phone Menu. For detail information of all data shared visit https:// acuralink.acura.com/#/acuralinkLegalTerms
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 373
To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Connect Phone. 4. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select + Connect New Device. u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device. 5. Select your phone when it appears on the
list. u If your phone still does not appear,
search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, search for HandsFreeLink.
6. The system gives you a pairing code on the audio/information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
7. Select desired functions and then select Connect. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen,
if the internet wireless hotspot function is selected.
Continued 373
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
374
Featu res
1To change the currently paired phone
If there is an active connection to Android Auto, this setting is unavailable.
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to switch to another phone, HFL will continue to connect a original phone.
To pair other phones, select + Connect New Device from the Bluetooth screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 374
To change the currently paired phone 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 371
2. Select Change Connected Phone.
When connecting to other phone: 3. Select a phone to connect. 4. Select , or . 5. Select Connect.
When changing the currently paired phone setting: 3. Select a currently paired phone. 4. Select , or . 5. Select Apply Changes.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To delete a paired phone
You can also delete a paired phone by the following procedure. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Bluetooth. 5. Select a phone you want to delete. 6. Select Options. 7. Select Delete Device. 8. A confirmation message appears on the screen.
Select Delete.
If there is an active connection to Android Auto, you cannot delete a paired phone.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 375
To delete a paired phone 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 371
2. Select Change Connected Phone. 3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Options. 5. Select Delete Device. 6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Delete.
Continued 375
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
376
Featu res
1Ring Tone
Vehicle: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers. Phone: Depending on the make and model of the cell phone, the ring tone stored in the phone will sound if the phone is connected.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 376
You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 371
2. Select Ringtone. 3. Select Vehicle or Phone.
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 371
2. Select Auto Phone Call Transfer. 3. Select On or Off.
Ring Tone
Automatic Transferring
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
On some phones, it is necessary to set up it enabled to be imported the cellular phonebook.
When you select a name from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see a category icon. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Home
Mobile Work
Other
Pager
Car
Preference
Fax
Voice
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 377
When Auto Sync Phone is set to On: When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to the system.
Changing the Auto Sync Phone setting 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 371
2. Select Auto Sync Phone. 3. Select On or Off.
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
Continued 377
378
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 378
To store a favorite contact number: 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 370
2. Select Add Favorite.
3. Select a place from where to choose a number. From Recents: u Select a number from the call history. From Contacts: u Select a number from the phonebook of
a cellular phone connected to the system.
Using Enter Number: u Trace the number on true touchpad A,
then press it. If the KEYPAD icon located to the upper right of the screen is selected, the keyboard will appear.
4. Select a number.
Favorite Contacts
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Making a Call
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with HandsFreeLink and are only made from Apple CarPlay.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 379
To edit a Favorite Contact 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 370
2. Select and hold a desired favorite contact. 3. Select the following options:
Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite contact.
Add to Home Page: Add a favorite contact shortcut icon to the home screen.
Add to Heads-Up Display*: Add a favorite contact shortcut icon to the head-up display menu.
4. Press the (back) button on the true touchpad A. u The screen will return to the previous
screen.
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, or Favorite Contact entries.
Making a Call
Continued 379* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
380
Featu res
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can send a message or set a navigation* route to contact address other than making a call on this feature.
2 Text Message P. 384 2 Refer to Navigation System Manual
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 380
To make a call using the imported phonebook
1. Go to the phone screen. 2 Phone screen P. 370
2. Select Contacts. 3. Select a name. u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right of the screen.
4. Select a number. u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using a phone number 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 370
2. Select Enter Number. 3. Trace the number on true touchpad A, then
press it. u You can enter the number using the on-
screen keyboard. Select KEYPAD located to the upper right of the screen.
4. Press the true touchpad A. u Dialing starts automatically. u If the on screen keyboard is displayed,
select Call.
* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 381
To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Missed, and Received. 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 370
2. Select Recents. u You can sort by All, Dialed, Missed, or
Received. Select the icon on the upper right of the screen.
3. Select a number. u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using a Favorite Contact entry
1. Go to the phone screen. 2 Phone screen P. 370
2. Select desired favorite contact. u Dialing starts automatically.
381Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
382
Featu res
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting To put a call on hold so that you can answer an incoming call, move the left selector wheel to the right. Move the left selector wheel to the right to resume the call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Move the left selector wheel to the left to end a call.
Instead of using the selector wheel, you can use the icons on the audio/information screen to perform the above mentioned functions.
When a screen other than the phone screen is displayed in the primary information area, the incoming call screen is displayed in the secondary information area.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 382
When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call... screen appears.
Move the left selector wheel to the right to answer the call. Move it to the left to decline or end the call. u You can also select Answer or Ignore
on the audio/information screen to use hands-free calling.
Receiving a Call
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Options During a Call
You can select the icons on the audio/information screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 383
The following options are available during a call. MUTE: Mute your voice. TRANSFER TO MOBILE: Transfer a call from the system to your phone. ENTER NUMBER: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower half of the screen.
Select the option. u UNMUTE is displayed when the mute
function is on. Select UNMUTE to turn it off.
u TRANSFER TO VEHICLE is displayed when the hands-free mode is off. Select TRANSFER TO VEHICLE to turn the hands-free mode is on.
Options During a Call
383
384
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
Featu res
1Text Message
The text message features may not be available depending on a cellular phone.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 384
Text Message You can operate the various options of the text message function from the message box.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages.
The following options are available: Inbox: Shows received messages. Send Message to Contact: Sends a message to your contact on the list.
2 Send Message to Contact P. 394
Add Favorite: Adds the favorite contact to the message box. u You can add a shortcut to the home
screen that will take you directly to your favorite contact. Select and hold the contact, then select Add to Home Page.
MENU: Sets the message option for changing the connected device, turning on or off message notifications, or editing replies.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 385
To edit a Favorite Contact 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select and hold a desired favorite contact. 4. Select following options.
Remove Favorite: Delete a favorite contact.
Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut icon of a favorite contact to the home screen.
5. Press the (back) button on the true touchpad A. u The screen will return to the previous
screen.
385Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
386
Featu res
1To Set Up Text Message Options
To use the text message function, it may be necessary to set up on your phone.
1To turn on or off the text message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.
When a screen other than the Messages function screen is displayed in the primary information area, a text message notification is displayed in the secondary information area.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 386
To turn on or off the text message notice
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Notifications. 5. Select On or Off.
To Set Up Text Message Options
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1Receiving a Text Message
Some cell phones might not be able to read the transmission log of data sent and data received.
The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.
The system can only receive messages that are sent a text (SMS) messages. The message sent using the data services will not be displayed in the list.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 of the last text messages received.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text message feature. Only use the text message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.
Depending on the status of primary information area, the received message screen may be displayed on the secondary information area.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 387
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as the last 20 messages received on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text message.
2. Select Open. 3. Select to listen to the message. To stop
listening to the message, select . u Select to hear the message from the
beginning.
Receiving a Text Message
Continued 387
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
388
Featu res
1Selecting a Phone
You can only receive notifications from one phone at a time.
You can only connect one device to use both text message function and Bluetooth hands-free phone function.
If there is an active connection to Android Auto, this setting is unavailable.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 388
You can select one from the Bluetooth device list to be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Change Connected Phone. 5. Change a desired phone.
2 To change the currently paired phone P. 374
Selecting a Phone
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message will also be deleted from the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select Prev or Next on the message screen.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 389
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select Inbox. 4. Select a message. u The message information is displayed.
5. Select View Message. u The text message is displayed.
Displaying Messages
Message List
Message Information
Continued 389
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
390
Featu res
1Reply to a message
The available reply messages are as follows: Im on my way. Im running late. No OK Talk to you later, I'm driving. Yes
The display language of the default reply message depends on the connected phone.
2 To edit a reply message P. 391
You can add or delete a reply message by selecting Saved Replies.
2 To edit a reply message P. 391 2 To delete a reply message P. 391
Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 390
Read or Stop reading a message 1. Display the message information. 2. Select . u The system starts reading the message
aloud. 3. Select to stop reading.
Select again to start reading the message. u While listen to the message, select to
start reading the message from the beginning.
Reply to a message 1. Display the message information. 2. Select Reply. 3. Select the reply message. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully sent.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1To delete a reply message
Reset to Default Select to reset all reply messages to their factory default.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 391
To edit a reply message 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Saved Replies. 5. Select Create New Message. 6. Use true touchpad A to write a reply. When
you finish writing you message, press the true touchpad. u You can enter the number using the on-
screen keyboard. Select KEYBOARD located to the upper right of the screen.
To delete a reply message 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Saved Replies. 5. Select a reply message you want to delete. u A confirmation screen appears on the
screen. Select Delete. u To cancel the delete, press the
(back) button.
Continued 391
392
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
Featu res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 392
Making a call to a sender 1. Display the message information. 2. Select Call.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 393
Displaying message on the head-up display You can read a text message on the head-up display only when text message is received. 1. Move right the left selector wheel to select Open. 2. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select Reply, and then press the left
selector wheel. u Select Call to dial a call. u Select Repeat to start reading the message from the beginning.
3. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select a message, and then press the left selector wheel.
4. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select Send, and then press the left selector wheel. u Message sent appears on the head-up display when the reply message was
successfully sent.
Models with head-up display
393Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
394
Featu res
1Send Message to Contact
You can make a call or set a navigation route* to contact address other than sending a message on this feature.
2 Making a Call P. 379 2 Refer to Navigation System Manual
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 394
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select Send Message to Contact. 4. Select a contact name. u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right of the screen.
5. Select a number. 6. Select the reply message. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
7. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully sent.
Send Message to Contact
* Not available on all models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 395
AcuraLink
res
1AcuraLink
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more information about all of its features, contact an Acura dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
1To enable the AcuraLink
You can also set up a Vehicle Data Collection by the following procedure. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Vehicle Data Collection. 5. Select Allow or Block. Allow: Sends the vehicle location data, diagnostic
information, driving behavior data and phone data when you have previously allowed it when you connect a phone with Bluetooth.
Block: Does not send the vehicle location data, diagnostic information, driving behavior data.
For detail information of all data shared visit https:// acuralink.acura.com/#/acuralinkLegalTerms
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicles status.
Use the following procedure to connect to AcuraLink.
To enable the AcuraLink You need to allow the consent of the location service to enable the AcuraLink.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink. u The confirmation message appears on
the screen for the first time, then select Allow.
To Connect to AcuraLink
395Continued
uuAcuraLinku
396
Featu res
1To link with AcuraLink
We recommend that you install AcuraLink app in your smartphone to make AcuraLink more functional, contact an Acura dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada).
If you do not connect a phone to AcuraLink, Last Mile function of AcuraLink app is disabled.
1AcuraLink
You can also select AcuraLink from the All Apps screen.
2 Audio/Information Screen P. 253
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 396
To link with AcuraLink You may see the connection guide screen after launching AcuraLink when there is no phone connection available.
Continue Without Connecting: Displays the AcuraLink menu screen without phone connection. Connect Phone: Displays the Bluetooth setup screen.
2 To change the currently paired phone P. 374
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink.
AcuraLink
AcuraLink
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
1Vehicle Notifications
Some messages can be deleted manually; some others will automatically disappear when the malfunction is fixed, contact a dealer if necessary.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 397
Vehicle Notifications Displays the diagnostic information, recall or important safety information*1, or general information by connecting to the Acura server using HFL.
Contact Acura Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside assistance.
My Acura Dealer Calls your Acura dealer using HFL or sets a destination of the navigation* to the dealer.
MENU Displays the AcuraLink menu screen. Vehicle Data Collection: Displays the AcuraLink connection setting screen.
2 To enable the AcuraLink P. 395
AcuraLink Subscriptions: Displays your current AcuraLink subscription status. Connect Bluetooth Device: Displays the Bluetooth setup screen.
2 To change the currently paired phone P. 374
*1: When you select Roadside Assistance, the system connect to the AcuraLink operator through the telematics control unit (TCU).
Continued 397* Not available on all models
uuAcuraLinku
398
Featu res
1AcuraLink Message
When you update AcuraLink, you must keep the engine running and maintain a constant connection with AcuraLink. If the update is interrupted, the system will automatically resume the process. If, however, a week has elapsed since the process was first interrupted, you must repeat the process from the beginning.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 398
You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation. 1. A notification appears and notifies you of a
new message on the secondary information area.
2. Select the system status icon then press the true touchpad B. u The status area list appears on the
primary information area. u A notification is continuously displayed in
the header area until the new message is read.
3. Select a new message to open. u If you have selected the update option
for AcuraLink, follow the directions on the screen to complete the process.
AcuraLink Message
Notification
New Message
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when: You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage
areas. There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions using the screen while talking to the operator. Only the operator can terminate the connection to your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 399
Automatic collision notification If your vehicles airbags deploy or if the unit detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, your vehicle automatically will attempt to connect to the AcuraLink operator. If connected, information about your vehicle, its location, and its condition can be sent to the operator*1; you also can speak to the operator when connected.
IMPORTANT: In a crash, AcuraLink will attempt to notify emergency services but NEITHER ACURA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Acura reserves the right to terminate AcuraLink services at any time or for any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in, or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicles location may not be sent to the operator.
In Case of Emergency
Continued 399
uuAcuraLinku
400
Featu res
1Manual operator connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
If necessary, the cover can be broken to access the ASSIST button.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 400
Manual operator connection If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator in a situation where no airbag has deployed, you can manually connect to them by pressing the ASSIST button with the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON. 1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console. 2. Press the ASSIST button. u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.
ASSIST Button
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
1Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving during operator assistance.
If you want to add or renew a subscription, call the Operator Assistance. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select AcuraLink Subscriptions. 5. Select Call AcuraLink Support.
Press the (back) button to return to the previous screen, and then incall screen displayed on the secondary information area.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 401
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside assistance.
1. Press the LINK button. u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator. u To disconnect, select End Call on the
audio/information screen or move to left the left selector wheel.
Operator Assistance
LINK Button
Audio/Information screen when connected to the AcuraLink operator
Continued 401
uuAcuraLinku
402
Featu res
1Connection Features
The contact information of your provider, your user ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a Acura dealer, or go to owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada) for details.
1Find My Car
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop sounding under the following: When conditions 30 seconds have elapsed. You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter. You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system. You unlock the doors using the built-in key. The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 402
Your subscribed telematics service provider can check your vehicles condition. For maximum functionality download AcuraLink app in your smartphone and connect it with the vehicle.
Automatic Collision Notifications A live agent will reach out and check on you and request that help be sent in the event of a crash.
Send Destination Search for destinations on your phone and instantly beam turn-by-turn directions to your navigation system*. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System*.
Stolen Vehicle Locator In the event of a stolen vehicle, your vehicle will help local authorities recover it.
Remote Start & Stop Arrive at your vehicle with the engine warmed up and the interior set to a comfortable temperature.
Remote Lock & Unlock Lock and unlock your vehicle with your smartphone.
Find My Car Find your parked vehicle and flash/sound your horns remotely using your smartphone.
Connection Features
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 403
Vehicle Status Get door and lock status as well as mileage, fuel, oil life, and tire pressure readings on your phone.
Emergency Call A live agent will stay on the call with you and request that help be sent in the event of an emergency.
Security Alarm Alert Receive alerts if vehicle security alarm is triggered.
Destination by Voice Talk to a live assistant who will search and send turn by turn directions to your vehicles navigation system*. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System*.
Last Mile Receive walking directions to your final destination right when you get out of your Acura. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System*.
403* Not available on all models
404
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 404
* Not available on all m
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 405
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 406 Towing a Trailer................................ 411 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 417 When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 419 Precautions While Driving................. 424 Automatic Transmission ................... 425 Shifting............................................ 426 Integrated Dynamics System............. 434 Auto Idle Stop.................................. 436 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System.................442
odels
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 444 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*..445 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 446
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation ......... 448
Blind spot information System*........ 450 AcuraWatchTM ................................... 453
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ....................................... 456
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow ................................. 466
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 483 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System........................................491
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 495 Radar Sensor ................................... 497
Braking .............................................. 498 Parking Your Vehicle........................ 507 Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 517 Surround View Camera System* ..... 519 Refueling........................................... 527 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 530 Turbo Engine Vehicle ....................... 531
405
406
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 406
Before Driving
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If youve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.
Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.
Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 566
Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.
Exterior Checks
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D
rivin g
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 407
Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicles
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 409
Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 163
Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 210 2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 216
Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 206 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 207
Interior Checks
Continued 407
408
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 408
Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the drivers ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 40
Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 78
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D
rivin g
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load.
2 Specifications P. 640
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 640
3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 409
Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 838 lbs (380 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the drivers doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit - (1)Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.
(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Label Example
409Continued
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
410
D rivin
g
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer: See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 411
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 410
(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load 838 lbs (380 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight 538 lbs (244 kg)
Example2
Max Load 838 lbs (380 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight 88 lbs (40 kg)
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 411
Towing a Trailer
rivin g
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the tongue load.
Break-in Period Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicles first 600 miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings. Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 640
3WARNING Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
Total trailer weight Do not exceed the maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it shown in the table. Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain.
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions: Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg) Each occupant has 17.6 lbs (8 kg) cargo in the cargo area. Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and maximum tongue load.
Towing Load Limits
Total Load
Number of occupants
2WD models
AWD models, except Canadian models with PMC emblem on the
console
Canadian models with PMC emblem
on the console
2 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 3 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 1,350 lbs (612 kg) 1,300 lbs (590 kg) 4 1,400 lbs (635 kg) 1,150 lbs (522 kg) 1,150 lbs (522 kg) 5 600 lbs (272 kg) 600 lbs (272 kg) 600 lbs (272 kg)
411Continued
412
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 412
Tongue load The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded trailer on the hitch should be approximately 10% of the total trailer weight. Excessive tongue load reduces front tire
traction and steering control. Too little tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.
To achieve a proper tongue load, start by loading 60% of the load toward the front of the trailer and 40% toward the rear. Readjust the load as needed.
Tongue LoadTongue L
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/ territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 413
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing, and where you are towing.
Hitches The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.
Safety chains Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more: There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicles hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard.
Additional towing equipment Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way.
Towing Equipment and Accessories
Continued 413
414
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 414
Trailer light Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
Your trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area. Each pins purpose and wiring color code are shown in the image.
When using a non-Acura trailer lighting harness and converter, get the connector and pins for your vehicle from a dealer.
Stop Light (Light Green)
Small Light +B (Red)
Left Turn Signal (Gray)
Right Turn Signal (Light Green)
Small Light (Sky Blue)
Trailer Hazard +B (Pink)
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer D
rivin g
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer must not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h).
Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailers tires.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 415
Driving Safely with a Trailer
Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition. Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 411
Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer. Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving. Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly. Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare. Turn off the Auto Idle Stop system using the Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The
trailer weight can affect your vehicles brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is activated on a hill while towing a trailer.
Drive slower than normal. Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers. Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal. Allow more time and distance for braking. Do not brake or turn suddenly.
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
Towing Speeds and Gears
Turning and Braking
415Continued
416
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 416
Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.
Put the transmission into (S if the transmission shifts frequently.
Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 634
Driving in Hilly Terrain
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 417
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
rivin g
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 34 2 Precautions While Driving P. 424
Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD system.
3WARNING Improperly operating this vehicle on or off- pavement can cause a crash or rollover in which you and your passengers could be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions and guidelines in this owners manual.
Keep your speed low, and dont drive faster than conditions permit.
Models with SH-AWD
General Information Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-highway activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and recommendations: Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 409
Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow. Its up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
417
418
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 418
Avoiding Trouble Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in a hazardous situation.
Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover or damage to your suspension or other components.
Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually the safest. If you cant clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, dont try it. Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need to be towed. Front tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 419
When Driving
rivin g
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 614
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds before trying again.
Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) comes on for 30 seconds when you press the electric parking brake switch.
u The parking brake must be applied to start the engine.
2. Depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N with the parking brake is applied, it is safer to start it in (P .
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
419Continued
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
420
D rivin
g
1Starting the Engine
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 177
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 420
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Stopping the Engine
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Remote Engine Start*
The remote engine start may violate local laws. Before using the remote engine start, check your local laws.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen. The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The transmission is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked. You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 421
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.
To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.
Remote Engine Start*
Press the button, then press and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.
Go within the range, and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.
Continued 421* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
422
D rivin
g
1Remote Engine Start*
Another registered keyless access remote is in the vehicle.
There is any antenna failure. The door is unlocked with the built-in key. The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not lock, and the engine does not start.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The climate control system is activated in
recirculation mode. The seat ventilation is activated*. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated. The seat heaters and heated steering wheel* are
activated. 2 Heated Steering Wheel* P. 231 2 Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation*
P. 232
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 422
To stop the engine
Press and hold the button for one second.
Go within the range, and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Starting to Drive
You can also release the parking brake by pulling the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal.
The engine stops when the transmission position is changed from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive.
When the engine was started using the keyless access remote*
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA is switched off.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 423
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button simultaneously.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the transmission into (D. Select (R when reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the Parking Brake and Brake System indicator (red) goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 498 2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning
Message P. 626
Hill start assist system Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Put the transmission into (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the keyless access remote*
When the engine was started in any case
423* Not available on all models
424
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
D rivin
g
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE Do not change the transmission while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.
NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the transmission into (N, as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced.
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 34
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 424
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control: Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible. Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity. Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
In Rain
Other Precautions
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 425
Automatic Transmission
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
Creeping
Kickdown
425
426
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
D rivin
g
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons. Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
The beeper sounds and the message appears on the multi-information display when you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 101
Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed.
3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position indicator.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 426
Shifting Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
Shift button positions
Reverse Used when reversing
Park Used when parking, before turning off or starting the engine
Neutral Transmission is not locked
Drive/S Position Each time you press the button, the mode switches between Drive and S Position mode. Used for:
Normal driving (gears change between 1st and 10th automatically)
Temporarily driving in the sequential mode
Automatically changing gears between 1st and 8th (8th gear is used only at high speed)
Driving in the sequential mode
D/S
Drive
S Position
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Shifting
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (22F/30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 427
(P (parking) button The gear position changes to (P when you press the (P button while the vehicle is parked with the power mode in ON. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on.
(P Button
Continued 427
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
428
D rivin
g
1Shift Operation
NOTICE When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift button before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the gear position before selecting a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometers red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.
The beeper sounds once when you change to (R. 2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 428
Shift Operation
Gear Position Indicator
Tachometers red zone
Press the (P button.
Pull back the (R button.
Press the (N button.
Shift Button Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator
Press the button. Each time you press the button, the mode switches between Drive and S Position mode.
D/S
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1When opening the drivers door
While the system is designed to automatically change the gear position to (P under the described conditions, in the interest of safety you should always select (P before opening the drivers door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 507
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the gear position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 429
When opening the drivers door If you open the drivers door under the following conditions, the gear position automatically changes to (P . The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or
slower. The transmission is other than (P . You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal.
When turning off the power mode If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.
Continued 429
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
430
D rivin
g
1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]
To keep the vehicle in (N position, you can also follow this procedure: While the engine is on, select (N, and then within five seconds, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
The transmission may not stay in (N position while the following indicators are on or when the message below appears: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator Charging system indicator The Charging System Problem message on the
multi-information display.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 430
If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Select (N , then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the
multi-information display. 3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed after car wash mode has been activated, the power mode will change to ACCESSORY and a message will be displayed on the multi- information display. u The gear position remains in (N with the
power mode in ACCESSORY for 15 minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.
u Manually press the ENGINE START/ STOP button cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always press the ENGINE START/ STOP button when car wash mode is no longer needed.
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 431
Restrictions on selecting a gear position You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the transmission is in:
1. Under these circumstances:
2. If you try to change to the following:
3. The gear position remains in/changes to:
How to change the gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed.
(N , (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate gear position.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D , (S
(R , (N , (D or (S The vehicle is moving. (P
431Continued
432
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 432
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 10th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
When the transmission is in (D: The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
When the vehicle goes into the sequential mode by (- paddle shifter and the lower gear is available, the transmission properly selects single or double gear change.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the button to return to normal drive.
When the transmission is in (S: The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometers red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will turn off.
Sequential Mode
D/S
D/S
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.
The transmission is in (S and Sport+ mode, to prioritize the engine performance enhancement, the transmission may not allow for shifting up while the engine speed is low.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 433
Sequential Mode Operation
Paddle Shifter (Shift down)
Downshifting when pulling the (- paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear.)
Upshifting when pulling the (+ paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear.)
(- (+ Paddle Shifter (Shift up)
433
434
uuWhen Drivingu Integrated Dynamics System
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 434
Integrated Dynamics System Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are four modes to select from: Comfort, Sport, Sport+, and Snow.
Dynamic Mode Switch
Comfort mode Sport mode
Snow mode Sport+ mode
uuWhen Drivingu Integrated Dynamics System D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 435
When the power mode is turned off, the drive mode that the vehicle was in is registered with the vehicle. When the vehicle is driven the next time, it detects which remote transmitter is being used and then reactivates or changes the drive mode that the vehicle was in the last time the same transmitter was used. If Comfort mode or Sport mode was previously registered, Comfort mode or Sport mode will be reactivated. If Snow mode was previously registered, the drive mode will be changed to Comfort mode. If Sport+ mode was previously registered, the drive mode will be changed to Sport mode.
Mode Function
Sport+ Adds to Sport to allow for increased performance by enhancing throttle response and changing the shift map.
Sport Enhances vehicle response feel through decreased steering assist, heightened throttle response, increased SH-AWD* torque bias, and modified active sound control.
Comfort Maximizes driver comfort through increased steering assist.
Snow Use when driving on snowy road surfaces.
435* Not available on all models
436
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
D rivin
g
1Auto Idle Stop
The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the 12-volt battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the 12-volt battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 436
Auto Idle Stop To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator (green) comes on at this time.
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, and the indicator (green) goes off.
2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 440
The environmental and vehicle conditions that impact Auto Idle Stop system operation are varied.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 438, 439
If the drivers door is opened while the indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation.
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the multi-information display.
2 Indicators P. 78 2 Customized Features P. 340
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop D
rivin g
1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
If you turn off the Auto Idle Stop system while it is activated, the engine will restart.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 437
To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. u Auto Idle Stop system will stop and the
indicator (amber) will come on.
The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)
Continued 437
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
438
D rivin
g
1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 419
When ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate.
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button causes the engine to no longer restart automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 419
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 438
The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.
Auto Idle Stop does not activate when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The drivers seat belt is not fastened. The engine coolant temperature is low or high. The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5
km/h) after the engine starts. Stopped on a steep incline. The transmission is in a position other than (D. The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate
Auto Idle Stop. The battery charge is low. The internal temperature of the battery is 14F (10C). or less. The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below 4F
(20C) or over 104F (40C). The climate control system is in use, and the temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. is ON (indicator on). The dynamic mode is changed to Snow or Sport+ mode.
Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 439
Auto Idle Stop may not activate when: The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. The steering wheel is operated. Altitude is high. The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between
the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. The climate control system is in use, and humidity in the interior is high.
439Continued
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
440
D rivin
g
1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.
1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when:
*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal during Auto Idle Stop is in operation. If the automatic brake hold system has been turned off, or if there is a problem with the system, the engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 440
The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated). The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system
activated). 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 503
The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. A steering wheel is operated. The transmission is put into (R , (S , and (P , or taken out of (N and put into (D. The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while
stopped on an incline. The brake pedal is released slightly during a stop. The battery charge becomes low. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The drivers seat belt is unlatched. is ON (indicator on). The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set
temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior. The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with
ACC with Low Speed Follow. The dynamic mode is changed to Snow or Sport+ mode.
The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 441
Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.
Starting Assist Brake Function
441
442
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
D rivin
g
1Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 442
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic brake system. You will also see the indicator blink.
VSA Operation
VSA System Indicator
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D
rivin g
1Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA off if you are not able to free it when the VSA is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA systems switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 443
This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA functionality/ features, press and hold it until you hear a beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective.
To restore VSA functionality/features, press
the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.
VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
VSA On and Off
VSA OFF Indicator
443
444
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
D rivin
g
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 444
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicles stability and performance during cornering.
Lightly brakes the front wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicles stability and performance during cornering.
AWD models
2WD models
uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)* D
rivin g
1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*
The SH-AWD system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 572
Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD unit.
If the Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) indicator blinks while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the gear position to (P, and idle the engine until the indicator goes out.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 445
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.
SH-AWD helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as snow, sand, mud, and steep hill, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following: It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes. Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
445* Not available on all models
446
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
D rivin
g
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 625
Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather. Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 446
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicles tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display.
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist D
rivin g
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor System Problem. Check Tire Pressure. See Your Dealer. may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 447
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel until you see the tire pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi (U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.
Tire Pressure Monitor
447* Not available on all models
448
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 448
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability.
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 449
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
449
450
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System*
D rivin
g
1Blind spot information System*
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, blind spot information system has limitations. Over reliance on blind spot information system may result in a collision.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.
A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.
3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 450
Blind spot information System*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.
How the system works
The transmission is in (D or (S.
Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h)
Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners
Alert Zone A
B
C
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System* D
rivin g
1Blind spot information System*
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Information System Not Available multi-information display appearing.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.
You can turn off the audible alert, or all the blind spot information system alert using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system may not work properly for the following reasons: The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage. The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the blind spot information system alert indicators to come on.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 451
When the system detects a vehicle Blind spot information System Alert Indicator: Located near the pillar on both sides.
Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and a beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.
Comes On
Blinks
Blind spot information System Alert Indicator
Continued 451* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System*
452
D rivin
g
1Blind spot information System*
Blind spot information system may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For a proper blind spot information system operation: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 452
* Not available on all models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 453
AcuraWatchTM
rivin g
AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors: a radar sensor located behind the emblem and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.
AcuraWatchTM has following functions.
The functions which do not require switch operations to activate Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) 2 P. 456
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System 2 P. 491
The functions which require switch operations to activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow 2 P. 466
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) 2 P. 483
453Continued
454
uuAcuraWatchTMu
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 454
MAIN Button Press to activate standby mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and LKAS. Or press to cancel these systems.
LKAS Button Press to activate or cancel the LKAS.
RES/+/SET/ Switch Press RES/+ to resume the ACC with Low Speed Follow or increase the vehicle speed. Press SET/ to set the ACC with Low Speed Follow or decrease the vehicle speed.
Interval Button Press the (interval) button to change the ACC with Low Speed Follow following- interval.
CANCEL Button Press to cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/ LKAS
Interval Button
LKAS Button
MAIN Button
CANCEL Button
RES/+/SET/ Switch
uuAcuraWatchTMu D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 455
You can see the current state of ACC with Low Speed Follow and LKAS.
You can have the head-up display show you the current state of each function.
2 Head-Up Display* P. 142
Multi-Information Display Content
a Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow and LKAS are ready to be activated.
b Indicates that LKAS is activated and whether or not traffic lane lines are detected.
c Indicates whether or not ACC with Low Speed Follow detected the vehicle ahead.
d Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow shows the set vehicle speed.
e Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow shows the set vehicle interval.
Models with Head-up display
455* Not available on all models
456
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
D rivin
g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 460
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
For directions on the proper handling of the radar sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 497
When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle stops or a potential collision is not determined.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 456
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. How the system works
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
When to use
The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in
front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision. Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines
there is a chance of a collision with: - Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your same direction. - A pedestrian who is detected in front of you. Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there
is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your same direction.
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 460
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Models with Head-up display
Lens
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 457
When the system activates
You can change the distance (Long/Normal/Short) between vehicles at which the systems earliest collision alert will come on through audio/information screen setting options.
2 Customized Features P. 340
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.).
Beep
Head-up Warning Lights*
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
Continued 457* Not available on all models
458
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 458
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles CMBSTM
The radar sensor detects a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage one
There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.
Stage two
The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly applied
Stage three
The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.
Forcefully applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
Normal ShortLong
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 460
When the CMBSTM is activated, it will continue to operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially depressed. However, it will be canceled if the accelerator pedal is deeply depressed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 459
Press and hold the button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBSTM is off: The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument
panel comes on. A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
CMBSTM On and Off
Continued 459
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
460
D rivin
g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 460
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 461
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too high. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
461Continued* Not available on all models
462
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 462
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 463
When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side.
Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
When a pedestrian blends in with the background. When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running. When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
Automatic shutoff The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator (amber) comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
463Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
464
D rivin
g
1With Little Chance of a Collision
Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to radar sensor area. This can impact CMBSTM operation.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 464
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
With Little Chance of a Collision
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 465
On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.
Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects (such as a traffic sign and guard rail) on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
465
466
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
D rivin
g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.
ACC with Low Speed Follow can not be activated if Intelligent Dynamics System setting is Snow.
3WARNING Improper use of ACC with Low Speed Follow can lead to a crash.
Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions.
3WARNING ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 466
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicles brake lights will illuminate.
When to use
Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with Low Speed Follow range ACC with Low Speed Follow operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range ACC with Low Speed Follow operates at the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
Gear position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
For directions on the proper handling of the radar sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 497
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with Low Speed Follow and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations P. 473
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 467
How to activate the system
How to use
Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to use.
Continued 467
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
468
D rivin
g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Do not use ACC with Low Speed Follow under the following conditions: On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic. On roads with sharp turns. On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC with Low Speed Follow will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.
On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display or audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Speed/Distance Units P. 138 2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 468
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/ switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed Follow begins. When driving slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes your set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC with Low Speed Follow begins Press and release
RES/+/SET/ switch
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 469
When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on the multi-information display.
When you use ACC with Low Speed Follow, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering system) is activated. By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
469Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
470
D rivin
g
1When in Operation
If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle cuts in front of you, the beeper sounds, a message appears on the multi-information display, and the head-up warning lights* flash.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate interval from the vehicle ahead.
Beep
Head-up Warning Lights*
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 470
There is a vehicle ahead ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 477
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of you, your vehicle starts to slow down.
When in Operation
ACC with Low Speed Follow Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the multi-information display.
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1When in Operation
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with Low Speed Follow detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow. Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations P. 473
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 471
There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range. ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following interval while a vehicle ahead is within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the multi- information display.
Continued 471
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
472
D rivin
g
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and slows to a stop
3WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with Low Speed Follow system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 472
A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the multi- information display. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the multi-information display blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with Low Speed Follow operates again within the prior set speed. If no vehicle is ahead of you before you resume driving, depress the accelerator pedal and ACC with Low Speed Follow will operate again within the prior set speed.
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 473
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC with Low Speed Follow indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC with Low Speed Follow functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too high. The parking brake is applied. When the radar sensor cover is dirty. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
Continued 473* Not available on all models
474
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 474
Detection limitations A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you. The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large.
An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 475
When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
Radar detects upper section of an empty carrier truck.
Panel truck, tanker truck, etc.
475Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
476
D rivin
g
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then press down and release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the current speed of the vehicle is set.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 476
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.
Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
If you keep pressing the switch up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To increase speed
To decrease speed
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 477
Press the (Interval) button to change the ACC with Low Speed Follow following- interval. Each time you press the button, the following- interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through extra long, long, middle, and short following- intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following- interval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation.
To Set or Change Following-interval
Interval Button
477Continued
478
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 478
The higher your vehicles following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low Speed Follow interval setting.
Following-interval When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short 83 feet
25 meters 1.1 sec
100 feet 31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle 110 feet
33 meters 1.5 sec
137 feet 42 meters
1.5 sec
Long 154 feet
47 meters 2.1 sec
200 feet 61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra Long
207 feet 63 meters
2.9 sec
272 feet 83 meters
2.9 sec
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with Low Speed Follow, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 479
To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. u The ACC with Low Speed Follow
indicator (green) goes off. Depress the brake pedal while the vehicle is
moving forward.
To Cancel
CANCEL Button
MAIN Button
Continued 479
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
480
D rivin
g
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 480
Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when ACC with Low Speed Follow is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with Low Speed Follow to automatically cancel: Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA or CMBSTM is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range is too
close to your vehicle. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded. When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel.
The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied. The drivers seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. The engine is turned off.
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display or audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Speed/Distance Units P. 138 2 Customized Features P. 340
Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/ SET/ switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 481
Press and hold the (interval) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC with Low Speed Follow, press and hold the button again for one second.
When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/ switch down when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering system) is activated. By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
ACC with Low Speed Follow ON
Cruise Control ON
To Set the Vehicle Speed
Continued 481
482
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 482
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). If you keep the RES/+/SET/ switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To Cancel
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 101
Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 488
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 483
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
Front Sensor Camera Monitors the lane lines.
Tactile and visual alerts Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
Steering input assist The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines.
483Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
484
D rivin
g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the system will recover automatically.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 484
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
Lane Keep Support Function
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 485
The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.
How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the multi-information
display. The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the multi-
information display. The system is activated.
When the System can be Used
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
Continued 485
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
486
D rivin
g
1To Cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with Low Speed Follow on and off.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 486
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.
To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
To Cancel
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 487
The system operation is suspended if you:
Set the wipers to HI. u Turning the wipers off or setting it to LO
resumes the LKAS.
Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate at high speed. u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate at low speed.
Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about
45 mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.
Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.
The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. Driving through a sharp curve. Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the multi- information display change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds (if activated).
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
All models
487Continued
488
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 488
The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: The camera temperature gets extremely high or low. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. The ABS or VSA system engages. The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 489
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk).
The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
489Continued
490
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 490
When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines).
Driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
Lane void of lines at junction
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System D
rivin g
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 493
There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 491
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.
2 Customized Features P. 340
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display.
If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.
How the System Works
491Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
492
D rivin
g
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 78
RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: Not driven within a traffic lane. Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane. Driven in a narrow lane.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 492
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
How the System Activates
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System D
rivin g
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the audio/information screen, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 493
Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the multi- information display when the system is on.
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
RDM On and Off
RDM Conditions and Limitations
Continued 493
494
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 494
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuFront Sensor Camera D
rivin g
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 495
Front Sensor Camera The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with Low Speed Follow, and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.
Camera Location and Handling Tips
Front Sensor Camera
495Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuFront Sensor Camera
496
D rivin
g
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera.
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 496
uuAcuraWatchTMuRadar Sensor D
rivin g
1Radar Sensor
Avoid strong impacts to the radar sensor cover.
For the CMBSTM to work properly: Always keep the radar sensor cover clean. Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder
for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by using the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 CMBSTM On and Off P. 459
If the vehicle is involved in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: Your vehicle is involved in a frontal collision Your vehicle drives through deep water or is
submerged in deep water Your vehicle strongly strikes a bump, curb, chock,
or embankment that could jar the radar sensor
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 497
Radar Sensor The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
497
498
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 498
Braking
1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a whirring sound coming from the engine compartment while the brake system activates. This is normal.
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system motor operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the battery goes dead.
2 If the Battery Is Dead P. 616
If you press and hold the electric parking brake switch while driving, the brakes on all four wheels are applied by the VSA system until the vehicle comes to a stop. The electric parking brake then applies, and the switch should be released.
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
To apply The electric parking brake can be applied any time the vehicle has battery, no matter which position the power mode is in.
Press the electric parking brake switch gently and securely. u The indicator in the switch comes on. u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) comes on.
Parking Brake
Electric Parking Brake Switch
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle Stop system, while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated.
When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped and automatic brake hold is applied.
When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle Stop system, while automatic brake hold system is applied.
When there is a problem with the automatic brake hold system while Automatic Brake Hold is applied.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 499
To release The power mode must be in ON in order to release the electric parking brake. 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up
gently and securely. u The indicator in the switch goes off. u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) goes off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Continued 499
uuBrakinguBrake System
500
D rivin
g
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator pedal may need to be pressed farther to automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Electric parking brake system indicator VSA system indicator ABS indicator Supplemental restraint system indicator
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 500
Automatic parking brake feature operation If the automatic parking brake feature has been activated: The parking brake is applied automatically when you set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF. To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the Parking Brake and Brake
System indicator (red) is on. 2 Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature P. 501
To release automatically Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal. When on a hill, it may require more accelerator input to release. u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) goes off.
You can release the parking brake automatically when: You are wearing the drivers seat belt. The engine is running. The transmission is not in (P or (N .
Accelerator Pedal
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Parking Brake
In cold climates, the parking brake may freeze in place if applied.
When parking the vehicle, chock the wheels and make sure the automatic parking brake feature is deactivated.
Also, when putting your vehicle through a conveyor- type car wash or when having your vehicle towed, deactivate the automatic parking brake feature and leave the parking brake released.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 501
Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature With the power mode in ON, carry out the following steps to either activate or deactivate the automatic parking brake feature. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Without depressing the brake pedal, press and release the parking brake switch. u Check that the Parking Brake and Brake System indicator (red) has come on.
3. Press and hold the parking brake switch. When you hear a beeping sound, release the switch and within 3 seconds press and hold the switch again.
4. When you hear a sound indicating that the procedure is completed, release the switch. u Two beeps indicates that the feature has been activated. u One beep indicates that the feature has been deactivated. u When you have completed activating the feature, the parking brake will
remain applied after you turn off the engine. u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the Parking Brake and
Brake System indicator (red) is on.
If you need to temporarily deactivate the feature for when putting your vehicle through a conveyor type car wash, you can follow the procedure explained below. 1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a stop. 2. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and then within 2 seconds pull up the
parking brake switch. u Activation and deactivation settings for the feature will not be affected. u Before temporarily deactivating the feature, make sure to first turn off both
ACC with Low Speed Follow and the automatic brake hold system. u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the Parking Brake and
Brake System indicator (red) is on.
Continued 501
uuBrakinguBrake System
502
D rivin
g
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
Whenever the brakes are activated by CMBSTM or another system that automatically controls braking, the brake pedal is depressed and released in accordance with braking function.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 502
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 506 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 505
Foot Brake
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Automatic Brake Hold
3WARNING Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads.
3WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 503
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
Automatic Brake Hold
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. The automatic brake
hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on.
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The transmission must be in (D, (S or (N. The automatic brake
hold indicator comes on. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes.
Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on.
Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in (D or (S. The system is canceled and the vehicle starts to move. The automatic brake
hold indicator goes off. The system continues to be on.
Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake Hold Button
Goes Off
Comes On
On On
Comes On
Comes On
U.S.
Canada
Continued 503
uuBrakinguBrake System
504
D rivin
g
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 507
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 504
The system automatically cancels when: You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R . You engage the parking brake.
The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when: Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. The drivers seat belt is unfastened. The engine is turned off. Brake Hold System Problem. Apply Brake When Stopped. See Your
Dealer. appears on the multi-information display. There is a problem with automatic brake hold system.
Turning off the automatic brake hold system While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed.
Automatic Brake Hold Button
Goes Off
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS) D
rivin g
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS: You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow. The tires are equipped with tire chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system: Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or when system checks are being performed after the engine has been started and while the vehicle accelerates.
Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when ABS activates. These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS systems and are no cause for concern.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 505
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you can.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.
ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: Wet or snow covered roads. Roads paved with stone. Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
ABS
505
506
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 506
Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 507
Parking Your Vehicle
rivin g
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position indicator.
1When Stopped
NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously. Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal. Changing to (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully. 3. Change the shift position to (P. 4. Turn off the engine. u The Parking Brake and Brake System indicator (red) goes off in about 30
seconds.
507Continued
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
508
D rivin
g
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 508
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an incline.
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D
rivin g
1Parking Sensor System*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when: The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt. The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill. The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves. Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense: Thin or low objects. Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge. Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 509
Parking Sensor System*
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the beeper and audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle.
The sensor location and range
Forward Front: 24 in (60 cm) or less Rear: 28 in (70 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors Rear Corner Sensors
Rear Center Sensors
Forward Front: 30 in (75 cm) or less Rear: 43 in (110 cm) or less
Front Center Sensors
Backward Front: 26 in (65 cm) or less Rear: 30 in (75 cm) or less
Backward Front: 32 in (80 cm) or less Rear: 45 in (115 cm) or less
509Continued* Not available on all models
510
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 510
Parking sensor system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn on or off the system. The indicator in the button comes on when the system is on.
The front center and front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in any position other than (Por (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The front corner, rear center and rear corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 511
When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Direction Length of the intermittent
beep
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator
Audio/information screenCorner Sensors Center Sensors
Forward
Moderate Front: About 30-24 in (75-60 cm) Rear: About 43-28 in (110-70 cm)
Blinks in Yellow*1
Short Front: About 24-18 in (60-45 cm) Rear: About 28-18 in (70-45 cm)
Front: About 24-18 in (60-45 cm) Rear: About 28-18 in (70-45 cm) Blinks in
Amber Very short About 18-14 in (45-35 cm) About 18-14 in (45-35 cm)
Continuous About 14 in (35 cm) or less About 14 in (35 cm) or less Blinks in
Red
Backward
Moderate Front: About 32-26 in (80-65 cm) Rear: About 45-30 in (115-75 cm)
Blinks in Yellow*1
Short Front: About 26-20 in (65-50 cm) Rear: About 30-20 in (75-50 cm)
Front: About 26-20 in (65-50 cm) Rear: About 30-20 in (75-50 cm) Blinks in
Amber Very short About 20-16 in (50-40 cm) About 20-16 in (50-40 cm)
Continuous About 16 in (40 cm) or less About 16 in (40 cm) or less Blinks in
Red
Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle
511Continued
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
512
D rivin
g
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you shift to (R, the indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 512
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON. 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off. u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on.
Turning off All Rear Sensors
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D
rivin g
1Cross Traffic Monitor*
The parking sensor systems alerting buzzer overrides the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors are detecting obstacles at the closest range.
3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.
Models with Parking Sensor System
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 513
Cross Traffic Monitor*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
513Continued* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*
514
D rivin
g
1Cross Traffic Monitor*
Cross traffic monitor may not detect or may delay alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicles rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensors scope.
Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher.
A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25 km/h).
The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.
When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on. The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 514
The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 516
The transmission is in (R. Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
How the System Works
Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners
* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D
rivin g
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber when the gear position is in (R, obstructions (mud, snow, ice, etc.) may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. The system is temporarily canceled. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on in amber when the gear position is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission in (R, there may be a problem with the rear camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 515
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen.
When the System Detects a Vehicle
Wide View Normal View
Arrow Icon
Top Down View
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Models with surround view camera system
Arrow Icon
Rear Wide View Rear Ground View
Continued 515
516
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 516
You can switch the system on and off using the audio/information screen.
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
Icon
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Models with surround view camera system
Icon
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 517
Multi-View Rear Camera
rivin g
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.
If the rear camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, activate the rearview camera washer* or use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
2 Rear Wiper/Washer P. 199
Guidelines appear when you put the transmission into (R. You can change the Guidelines setting.
2 Customized Features P. 340
Off: Guidelines do not appear. Fixed: Fixed Guidelines appear. Dynamic: Guidelines that move according to the steering wheel direction appear. Both: Fixed guidelines and dynamic guidelines appear.
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The audio/information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R .
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
517Continued* Not available on all models
518
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 518
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Swipe to highlight the view mode icon and click the true touchpad A to change the mode.
2 True Touchpad Operation P. 250
: Wide view mode : Normal view mode : Top down view mode
If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .
If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF, Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R .
If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change from (R , Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 519
Surround View Camera System*
rivin g
1Surround View Camera System*
3WARNING Failure to visually assess the area around the vehicle (directly or by use of the mirrors) may result in a crash causing serious injury or death.
The areas shown in the surround view camera system display are limited. The display may not show all pedestrians or other objects around your vehicle.
Do not solely rely only on the surround view camera system display to assess whether it is safe to move your vehicle.
3WARNING Failure to pay proper attention to your surroundings while driving may result in a crash causing serious injury or death.
To help mitigate the chances of a collision, only look at the surround view camera system display when it is safe to do so.
Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as blind spots from different angles, then displays the images on the audio/information screen. This system can be used to: Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with
poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.). 2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 525
Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in confined areas.
2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 525
Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R . 2 When Parking Your Vehicle P. 523
519* Not available on all models
520
uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
D rivin
g
1Surround View Camera System*
The surround view camera system does not eliminate all blind spots. The system is for your convenience only.
If the rear camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, activate the rearview camera washer* or use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
2 Rear Wiper/Washer P. 199
1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
The navigation system is disabled when the gear position is in (R.
Pressing the (home) or (back) button while the surround view camera system screen is displayed cancels the front view screen of the surround view camera system.
If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle speed is more than 16 mph (25 km/h), the standby screen appears. When the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20 km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera system image.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 520
Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
For frontal views: Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is stationary or moving at 12 mph (20 km/h) or slower. Press the button again to switch camera views.
For rear reviews: Change the gear position to (R when the vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA button to switch to rear view mode.
You can customize the display setting. 2 Customized Features P. 340
CAMERA Button
* Not available on all models
uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras D
rivin g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 521
Camera Locations and Images
Ground View An overhead view created by the combination of images captured by four cameras.
Front Ground View
Side View + Ground View
Front Wide View
Sideview Camera (Passenger side)
Sideview Camera (Driver side)
The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear differently than they actually are - objects seen on the audio/ information screen may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This becomes more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.
Rear Ground View
Rear Wide View
Press the CAMERA button.
Rearview Camera
Front-view Camera
Side View
Audio/ Information Screen
Click the ground view icon.
Ground View Icon
521Continued
uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
522
D rivin
g
1Reference Lines and Guides
The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines and camera views on the display may differ from the actual positions/distances due to the changes in the vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors. The guide lines should be used as a reference only.
The guide lines can be turned on and off using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 340
If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until you turn them back on.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 522
The following can be displayed when the system is on. Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance. Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current position.
Reference Lines and Guides
uuSurround View Camera System*uUsing the Surround View Camera System D
rivin g
1When Parking Your Vehicle
The ground view can be displayed even with the door mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and blind spot change. Do not refer to the surround view camera system when the door mirrors are folded.
When changing the gear position from/to (R, you may experience a delay in switching between the audio/information screen and a rear view image.
Canadian models
FoldedNot folded
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 523
Using the Surround View Camera System
Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is changed to (R.
When Parking Your Vehicle
Rear Wide View Rear Ground View
When the steering wheel is turned more than 90 degrees.
The projection lines appear approx. 16 inches (40 cm) outside the vehicle body.
Blind spots appear in black.
Press the CAMERA button.
Approximate distances the guide lines indicate
Approximate distances the projection lines indicate
39 inches (1 m)
20 inches (50 cm)
39 inches (1 m)
Ground View Icon
Click the ground view icon.
523Continued
uuSurround View Camera System*uUsing the Surround View Camera System
524
D rivin
g
1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
When the vehicle speed exceeds 16 mph (25 km/h), the front or side view on the screen automatically switches to the audio/information screen. The front or side view screen resumes when the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20 km/h).
0 mph (0 km/h)
Down Up
Camera Screen
Camera Screen
Audio/Information Screen
Audio/Information Screen
16 mph (25 km/h)
12 mph (20 km/h)0 mph (0 km/h)
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 524
You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 12 mph (20 km/h) changes the image as follows.
Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
Front Ground View Front Wide ViewAudio/Information Screen
Approximate distance the reference line indicates.
Press the CAMERA button.
approx. 3 feet (1 m)
Blind spots appear in black.
Click the ground view icon.
Ground View Icon
Side View + Ground View Side View
uuSurround View Camera System*uUsing the Surround View Camera System D
rivin g
1Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects may appear closer or more distant than they actually are.
1Checking the sides of your vehicle
When the door mirrors are folded, the side views cannot be displayed.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 525
Checking from the front wide view at intersections The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.
Checking the sides of your vehicle The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.
The angle provided by the front wide view screen is 180 degrees.
Front Wide View Screen
When the vehicle speed is below 12 mph (20 km/h), press the CAMERA button and touch the ground view icon.
Ground View Icon
12 inches (30 cm)
Approximate distance the projection lines indicate is 12 inches (30 cm) from the vehicle.
Side Views The images from the side cameras.
12 inches (30 cm)
Continued 525
526
uuSurround View Camera System*uUsing the Surround View Camera System
D rivin
g
Solutions
ot use the surround view camera system but rely on visual confirmation until the conditions allow ystem to work properly.
n rear camera lenses with the rearview camera er* or a soft cloth moisturized with water, mild
rgent or glass cleaner. Rear Wiper/Washer P. 199
off the screen using a soft dry cloth.
ot use the surround view camera system and act a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 526
The system may not work properly under the following conditions.
Surround View Camera System Limitations
Conditions
The images may not appear clearly when:
You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.
Camera temperatures are high. A sudden change between light and dark such as an
entrance or exit of a tunnel. You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)
Do n only the s
A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or debris.
A camera lens is scratched.
Clea wash dete
2
The audio/information screen is dirty. Wipe
A camera angle is altered.
A camera or the area around the camera has been severely impacted.
Do n cont
An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.
* Not available on all models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 527
Refueling
rivin g
1Fuel Information
NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.
Fuel Information Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. The use of regular unleaded gasoline can cause metallic knocking noises in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
Fuel tank capacity: 17.1 US gal (64.7 L)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
527
528
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
D rivin
g
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other uses) or other non-service station devices can damage the area in and around the filler opening.
Use the master door lock switch to unlock the fuel fill door. The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the drivers door.
3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.
Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 528
How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.
2. Turn off the engine. 3. Unlock the drivers door using the master
door lock switch. u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the
vehicle will unlock. 2 Using the Master Door Lock Switch
P. 165
4. Press the area indicated by the arrow to release the fuel fill door. You will hear a click.
Master Door Lock Switch
Press Fuel Fill Door
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel D
rivin g
1How to Refuel
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pumps fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 637
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 529
5. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle. 6. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
529
530
D rivin
g
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 530
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit https://www.nrcan.gc.ca and search for fuel consumption testing in the search field at the top of the page.
Miles driven Gallons of fuel
Miles per Gallon
100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 547
Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicles underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 531
Turbo Engine Vehicle
rivin g
1Turbo Engine Vehicle
The scheduled maintenance intervals for replacing the filter is indicated on the multi-information display. Follow the information of when to replace them.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 537
The temperature gauge pointer is at the mark when you restart the engine after driving under high load conditions such as at high speed or in hilly terrain. This is normal. The gauge goes down after you idle or drive the vehicle for about one minute.
H
Handling Precautions The turbocharger is a high-precision device to obtain greater horsepower by delivering a large volume of compressed air into the engine using a turbine driven by the engines exhaust gas pressure.
When the engine is cold just after starting, avoid revving the engine or sudden acceleration.
Always replace the engine oil and engine oil filter according to the Maintenance Minder. The turbine rotates at very high speeds over 100,000 rpm and its temperature reaches over 1,292F (700C). It is lubricated and cooled by engine oil. If you fail to replace the engine oil and filter at the scheduled distance or interval, deteriorated engine oil may cause failure such as sticking and abnormal noise of the turbine bearing.
531
532
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 532
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 533
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 534 Safety When Performing Maintenance..535 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 536
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 537 Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 544 Opening the Hood ........................... 545 Engine Compartment Cover............. 546 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 547 Oil Check......................................... 548 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 549
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..550 Engine Coolant ................................ 552 Transmission Fluid............................ 554 Brake Fluid....................................... 555 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 556
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 557 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades .......................................... 561
Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 566 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 567 Tire Labeling .................................... 567 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 569
Wear Indicators ............................... 571 Tire Service Life................................ 571 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 572 Tire Rotation.................................... 573 Winter Tires ..................................... 574
Battery............................................... 575 Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 577 Climate Control System Maintenance ..579 Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 581 Exterior Care.................................... 583
Accessories and Modifications ........ 587
533
534
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 534
Before Performing Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 541
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.acura.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 650
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.
Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.
Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 555
Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 566
Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 557
Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 561
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M
ain ten
an ce
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owners manual.
3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owners manual.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 535
Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.
To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.
Maintenance Safety
Vehicle Safety
535
536
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
M ain
ten an
ce
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 536
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 537
Maintenance MinderTM
ain ten
an ce
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
537
538
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 541
Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)
100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 538
To Use Maintenance MinderTM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the multi-information display. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the right selector wheel until the content is displayed. 3. Roll the right selector wheel until the Maintenance screen is displayed. The
engine oil life appears on the multi-information display along with maintenance items due soon.
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Right Selector Wheel
Remaining Engine Oil Life
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 539
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display (MID)
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
When you select the Maintenance screen, it displays codes for maintenance items due at the next engine oil change, along with the percentage of engine oil life remaining.
Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the right selector wheel, this message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.
539Continued
540
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 540
The maintenance minder indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance message.
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
1Maintenance Service Items
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.
in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). s areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of ess to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than aintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have
anged at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). der Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is ke fluid every 3 years.
Maintenance Sub Items
tires
air cleaner element*2
dust and pollen filter*3
drive belt
transmission fluid and transfer* fluid
spark plugs valve clearance
engine coolant
rear differential fluid*4
brake fluid*5
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 541
Maintenance Service Items
Maintenance Minder Message
Main Item
Sub Items
Maintenance Minder Indicator
System Message Indicator
U.S. models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator and message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A Replace engine oil*1
B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check expiration date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit bottle (If
equipped) Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections# *3: If you drive primarily from diesel-powered
*4: Driving in mountainou mechanical (Shear) str recommended by the M the differential fluid ch
*5: If a Maintenance Min reset, change the bra
CODE
1 Rotate
2 Replace Replace Inspect
3 Replace
4 Replace Inspect
5 Replace
6 Replace 7 Replace
541Continued* Not available on all models
542
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
1Maintenance Service Items
Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.
Maintenance Sub Items
tires
air cleaner element*2
dust and pollen filter*3
drive belt
transmission fluid and transfer fluid
spark plugs valve clearance
engine coolant
rear differential fluid*4
brake fluid*5
front and rear brakes these items: od ends, steering gearbox, and boots ension components
eshaft boots e hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA) luid levels and condition of fluids ust system#
lines and connections#
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 542
Canadian models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator and message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of
mechanical (Shear) stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential fluid changed at 12,000 km (7,500 miles), then every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder Indicator does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A Replace engine oil*1
0 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
CODE
1 Rotate
2 Replace Replace Inspect
3 Replace
4 Replace Inspect
5 Replace
6 Replace
7 Replace
9 Service Inspect
Tie r Susp Driv Brak All f Exha Fuel
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE Failure to reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the Maintenance MinderTM display yourself.
You can also reset the Maintenance MinderTM display using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 340
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 543
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the right selector wheel until the content is displayed. 3. Roll the right selector wheel until the Maintenance screen is displayed. 4. Press and hold the right selector wheel for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode. 5. Roll the right selector wheel to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All
Due Items (You can also press the right selector wheel to the left to end the process).
6. Press the right selector wheel to reset the selected item. 7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.
Resetting the Display
Right Selector Wheel
543
544
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 544
Maintenance Under the Hood
Brake Fluid (Black Cap)
Radiator Cap
Battery
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Engine Coolant Reserve Tank
Washer Fluid (Black Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood M
ain ten
an ce
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 545
Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the
drivers side lower corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under the front edge of the hood to the center) to the side and raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
545
546
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 546
Engine Compartment Cover The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover. You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work. Pull up on the engine compartment cover carefully until all pins are removed from their grommets.
Remove the Engine Compartment Cover
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil M
ain ten
an ce
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.
The following seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 547
Recommended Engine Oil Use a genuine engine oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable type and viscosity (for the ambient temperature) as shown in the image that follows.
Oil is a major contributor to your engines performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.
*1:Formulated to improve fuel economy.
Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.
Genuine Engine Oil Commercial Engine Oil
Acura Genuine Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the container.
Ambient Temperature Ambient Temperature
547
548
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
M ain
ten an
ce
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 548
Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil M
ain ten
an ce
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 549
Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.Engine Oil Fill Cap
549
550
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
M ain
ten an
ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 550
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engines lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi- information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.
3. Remove the slotted head screws by turning 90 counterclockwise on the undercarriage and remove the under cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.
Screw
Under Cover
Drain Bolt
Washer
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 551
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket. 8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:
29 lbfft (40 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter): 5.0 US qt (4.8 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.
Oil Filter
551
552
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
M ain
ten an
ce
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about -31F (-35C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicles cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 552
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Reserve Tank
Reserve Tank MAX MIN
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant M
ain ten
an ce
1Radiator
NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 553
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover. 2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 546
3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.
Radiator
Radiator Cap
553
554
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
M ain
ten an
ce
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-type 2.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-type 2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-type 2.0 is not covered by Acuras new vehicle limited warranty.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 554
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura ATF-type 2.0
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid M
ain ten
an ce
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicles braking system and can cause extensive damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 555
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Checking the Brake Fluid
Brake Reserve Tank
MIN
MAX
555
556
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
M ain
ten an
ce
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicles paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. Use only commercially available windshield washer fluid. Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime scale build up.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 556
Refilling Window Washer Fluid Open the cap and check the amount of window washer fluid.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Cap Canadian models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 557
Replacing Light Bulbs
ain ten
an ce
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal, Parking/Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights Front turn signal, parking/daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Lights*
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
557* Not available on all models
558
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 558
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (PY21W Amber/Silver)
Cover
Bolts
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker Lights M
ain ten
an ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 559
4. Turn the socket counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker Lights Taillights, brake and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Bulb
Socket
559
560
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights/Brake and Back-Up Lights
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 560
Taillights/Brake and Back-Up Lights Taillights/brake and back-up lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Light Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Puddle Lights*
Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
* Not available on all models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 561
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. 2. While holding the wiper switch in the MIST
position, set the power mode to ON, then to VEHICLE OFF. u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the image.
3. Lift both wiper arms.
561Continued
562
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 562
4. Press up on and hold the tab, then slide the holder off the wiper arm.
5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the direction of the arrow in the image until it is out of the holders end cap.
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite direction to slide it out of the holder.
Tab
Holder
Wiper Arm
Wiper Blade
End cap at the bottom
Wiper Blade
Holder
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber M
ain ten
an ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 563
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms. 11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until both wiper arms return to the standard position.
Holder
Wiper Blade
Cap
563
564
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
M ain
ten an
ce
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the rear window.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 564
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with the indent.
3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and mount to a new rubber blade.
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber M
ain ten
an ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 565
4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder. u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the wiper arm.
565
566
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 566
Checking and Maintaining Tires
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 46 psi (3040 kPa, 0.30.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.
3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.
Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare*. Even tires in good condition can lose 12 psi (1020 kPa, 0.10.2 kgf/cm2) per month.
Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 571
Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
* Not available on all models
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P235/60 R18 102T P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 235: Tire width in millimeters. 60: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 102: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 567
Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.
Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
Label Example
Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Maximum Tire Load
Maximum Tire Pressure
Tire Size
Tire Sizes
567Continued
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
568
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturers identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year Week
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 568
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Glossary of Tire Terminology
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M
ain ten
an ce
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 569
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear
569Continued
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
570
M ain
ten an
ce
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 570
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Traction
Temperature
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators M
ain ten
an ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 571
Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.
Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare*, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear Indicator mark
571* Not available on all models
572
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 572
Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.
Whenever you have a tire replaced or reset, make sure that the rubber valve stem is replaced and that the TPMS sensor is transferred from the old valve stem to the new one. If you replace a wheel, make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.
Models with rubber valve stem TPMS sensor
Models without rubber valve stem TPMS sensor
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 573
Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Front
Front
573
574
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
M ain
ten an
ce
1Winter Tires
NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicles brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturers instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.
3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 574
Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Follow the chain manufacturers instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.
Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.
Cable-type: QCC Cobra 1046
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 575
Battery
ain ten
an ce
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information.
3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.
Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the multi-information display will display a warning message. If this happens, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.
If your vehicles battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 246
The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 148
The immobilizer system needs to be reset. 2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 92
Battery
Canadian models only
575
576
uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery
M ain
ten an
ce
1Battery
The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 576
Charging the AGM Battery AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicles AGM battery, consult a dealer.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 577
Remote Transmitter Care
ain ten
an ce
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.
3WARNING CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote transmitter can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately.
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models without two-way keyless access remote
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
577Continued
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
578
M ain
ten an
ce
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.
Models with two-way keyless access remote
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 578
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 579
Climate Control System Maintenance
ain ten
an ce
1Climate Control System Maintenance
NOTICE Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment. To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the evaporator with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicles air conditioning system is flammable and can be ignited during servicing if proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood: 2 Safety Labels P. 76 2 Specifications P. 640
Canadian models
: Caution
: Flammable Refrigerant
: Requires Registered Technician to Service
: Air Conditioning System
Air Conditioning To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
579
580
uuClimate Control System MaintenanceuDust and Pollen Filter
M ain
ten an
ce
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 580
Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 581
Cleaning
ain ten
an ce
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Cleaning Seat Belts
Opening
581Continued
uuCleaninguInterior Care
582
M ain
ten an
ce
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor*.
2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) P. 191
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 198 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 495
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with the front seat functions.
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the leather. In addition, please note that some dark colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats resulting in discoloration or stains.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 582
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
The front floor mats hook over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats.
To properly clean leather: 1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. 2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap. 3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. 4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
Cleaning the Window
Floor Mats
Lock
Unlock
Maintaining Genuine Leather
* Not available on all models
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.
Do not spray water onto the fuel fill door directly. A high-pressure spray may cause it to open.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel system or engine.
If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the windshield, first set the wiper arms to the maintenance position.
2 Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber P. 561
Air Intake Vents
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 583
Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Washing the Vehicle
583Continued
uuCleaninguExterior Care
584
M ain
ten an
ce
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 430
NOTICE Never run the vehicle through a conveyor-style car wash or use any type of motorized cleaning device. Doing so could damage the vehicle and the paint.
Always wash the vehicle by hand with a mild car wash detergent and plenty of water.
Models with PMC emblem on the console
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 584
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Fold in the door mirrors. For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
Do not use an automated car wash.
Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
Using an Automated Car Wash
Using High Pressure Cleaners
Models with PMC emblem on the console
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
1Applying Wax
NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 585
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.
Your vehicles paint requires up to 60 days from the production date to fully cure. During this time, avoid applying any wax or paint sealant-type products, as they could inhibit the curing process and affect the paints durability.
You may polish the paint during these 60 days if the polish does not contain any wax or paint sealant ingredients. Use only clean, high-quality microfiber towels or pads, as they are a softer material with less chance of scratching the finish. It is absolutely necessary to keep the microfiber towels or pads properly cleaned and maintained before using on your vehicle.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Applying Wax
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Cleaning the Window
Models with PMC emblem on the console
Continued 585
586
uuCleaninguExterior Care
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 586
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 587
Accessories and Modifications
ain ten
an ce
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicles handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding accessories and modifications.
Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 627
Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
It is recommended to use genuine Acura roof bicycle racks for carrying bicycles. Do not install load-carrying (strap-type) accessory racks to the tailgate, as they may interfere with normal operation, which may result in damage to the tailgate.
587
588
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
M ain
ten an
ce
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 588
Modifications Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely affect the vehicle's electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 589
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools Types of Tools .................................. 590
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 591
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 599 Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 613 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 614
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 615 If the Battery Is Dead ....................... 616
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit
Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 618
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears ...620 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ..621 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 621
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks .......................................622
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On........................... 623
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On.....624
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 625
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message.... 626
Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 627 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 633
Emergency Towing........................... 634 If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door.. 635 If You Cannot Open the Tailgate .... 636 Refueling........................................... 637
589
590
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 590
Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Types of Tools
Wheel Nut Wrench/ Jack Handle
Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit
Funnel
Funnel
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 591
If a Tire Goes Flat
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Changing a Flat Tire
Follow compact spare precautions: Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
591Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
592
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Changing a Flat Tire
NOTICE Do not use the jack if it doesnt work properly. Call your dealer or a professional towing service.
The wheel nut wrench supplied with your vehicle is specially adapted to fit the holder shaft. Do not use any other tool.
The subwoofer is located on the rear right side. Do not store anything in this area. Doing so may compromise vehicle audio performance.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 592
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the floor lid and open the lid.
2. Push the tabs to open the tool box lid.
3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack handle bar out of the tool box.
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Handle
Tool Box Lid
Tab
Tool Box
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 593
4. Remove the cover and the rubber plug on the cargo area lining to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist.
5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar on the hoist shaft. Turn the wrench to the left to lower the spare tire to the ground.
6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to create slack in the cable.
7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.
Cover
Rubber plug
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench
Bracket
593Continued
594
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 594
8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
9. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.
10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 595
1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.
How to Set Up the Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
Continued 595
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
596
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 596
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, and stop rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbfft (108 Nm, 11 kgfm)
Replacing the Flat Tire
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Storing the Flat Tire
3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 597
1. Put the flat tire in the storage bag provided with your vehicle. u The storage bag is in the tool case.
2. Knot the top of the storage bag. 3. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench
back in the tool case.
4. Bore through the bag, and pass the holding belt through the hole of the bag and the wheel of the flat tire as shown.
5. Place the flat tire in the cargo area, and thread the belt through the tie-down anchor as shown.
6. Pass the belt through the ring, and tighten the belt to secure the flat tire in place.
Storing the Flat Tire
Belt
Tie-down Anchor
Continued 597
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
598
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 598
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire Pressure Monitor System Problem. Check Tire Pressure. See Your Dealer will appear on the multi-information display and the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on; however, this is normal and is no cause for concern.
If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multi- information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistant to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
Damage has been caused by driving with the tires extremely under inflated.
The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm)
No
Contact Area
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 599
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit
599Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
600
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 600
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the floor lid and open the lid.
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Pressure Relief Button
Pressure Gauge
Instruction Manual
REPAIR AIR
Power Plug
Sealant/Air Hose
Inflator Switch
Selector Knob
Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label
Handle
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 601
2. Push the tabs to open the tool box lid. 3. Take the kit out of the tool box. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
Tool Box Lid
Tab
601Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
602
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.
3CAUTION Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful if inhaled, ingested or if contact is made with the eyes or skin.
Always use in a well-ventilated area and use gloves and safety glasses for protection; do not ingest.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water; if ingested, rinse mouth with water. In all cases, seek medical attention if necessary.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 602
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Injecting Sealant and Air
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 603
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electric devices
into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 229
5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 75
6. Turn the selector switch to REPAIR.
REPAIR
Continued 603
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
604
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 604
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire. u When the sealant injection is complete
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches 33 psi (230 kPa), turn off the kit.
After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250 kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge. 9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket. 10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF Models with 235/55R19 101H tires
Models with 255/45R20 101V tires
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 605
11. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
12. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
Pressure Relief Button
Repair Notification Label
605Continued
606
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 606
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/ air hose on the compressor.
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 607
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR. u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 610
6. If the air pressure is Less than 25 psi (175 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 634
33 psi (230 kPa) or more:
36 psi (250 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u If the air pressure does not go down
after the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more.
AIR
ON
Models with 235/55R19 101H tires
Models with 255/45R20 101V tires
607Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
608
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 608
Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than 33 psi (230 kPa): Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 33 psi (230 kPa).
Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than 36 psi (250 kPa): Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi (250 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 610
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u You should repeat this procedure as
long as the air pressure is within this range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket.
8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
Models with 235/55R19 101H tires
Models with 255/45R20 101V tires
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 609
9. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
609Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
610
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 610
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 600
2. Push the tabs to open the tool box lid. 3. Remove the kit from the box. 4. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
5. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit. 6. Remove the valve cap.
7. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 611
8. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 229
9. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 75
10. Turn the selector switch to AIR. 11. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire.
12. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
AIR
ON
611Continued
612
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 612
13. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button. 14. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket. 15. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 16. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 17. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 613
Engine Does Not Start
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
cklist n display. ton message appears eak P. 614 perating range.
ess. at all
P. 627
again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 419
g, the engine cannot be started.
Gauge P. 130
dealer.
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 If the Battery Is Dead P. 616
Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the multi-informatio If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start But
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its o
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button P. 186
Check brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightn If the interior lights are dim or do not come on
2 Battery P. 575 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses
The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin
2 Immobilizer System P. 177
Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel
Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 633
If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 634
613
614
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 614
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start, start the engine as follows:
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the ENGINE START/ STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes for about 30 seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes from flashing to on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
HOLD
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off. If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while driving, the beeper sounds.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 615
Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place.
The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal to change the mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Vehicles with U.S. models
Vehicles with Canada models
615
616
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 616
If the Battery Is Dead
1If the Battery Is Dead
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.
3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicles battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15- volt. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal.
4. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicles engine and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicles engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Jump Starting Procedure
Booster Battery
uu If the Battery Is Deadu H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 617
Once your vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
What to Do After the Engine Starts
617
618
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 618
Overheating
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge at the mark may damage the engine.
3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.
H
How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses power. Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool.
message appears on the multi-information display. Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then, open the hood.
H
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.
Continuing to drive with the Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool. message on the multi-information display may damage the engine.
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 619
Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature gauge comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.
Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.
Reserve Tank MAX MIN
619
620
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 620
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
1If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears
NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears Reasons for the warning to appear Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the warning
appears 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level
ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights
on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for
approximately three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level. u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 548
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure warning. u The warning disappears: Start driving
again. u The warning does not disappear within
10 seconds: Immediately stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.
uu Indicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Charging System Indicator Comes On H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 621
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
621
622
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) blinks at the same time when the Brake System Indicator (Amber) comes on, the parking brake may not work. Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 624
If you repeatedly operate the electric parking brake in a short period of time, the brake stops operating to prevent heating of the system and the indicator blinks. It returns to its original state in approximately 1 minute.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 622
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. Reasons for the indicator to blink There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. What to do when the indicator blinks Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a
dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 623
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
623
624
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able to release it.
If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake system indicator (amber) come on at the same time, the parking brake is working.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, the parking brake may not work because it is checking the system.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 624
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, release the parking brake manually or automatically. 2 Parking Brake P. 498
If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer immediately. u Prevents the vehicle from moving gear position to (P.
If only the brake system indicator (red) is turned off, avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 625
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist or the compact spare tire* is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. What to do when the indicator comes on Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire* causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
625* Not available on all models
626
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
You may not be able to start the engine.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 634
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 626
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Reasons for the indicator to blink The transmission is malfunctioning.
What to do when the indicator blinks Immediately have your vehicle inspected by
a dealer. Change the gear position to (N after
starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the
instrument panel and the indicator on the (N button light/blink.
u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.
2 Starting the Engine P. 419
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 627
Fuses
Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to open the box.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type A
Tab
* Not available on all models
Circuit Protected Amps 1 2 3 IG1 VBSOL2 10 A 4 IG1 RR WIPER 10 A 5 IG1 VSA 10 A 6 HTR MTR 40 A 7 DBW 15 A 8 TCU 15 A 9 FI MAIN 15 A
10 STARTER CUT 30 A 11 INJ 20 A 12 HAZARD 15 A 13 TCU 2 10 A 14 TCU 3 10 A 15 FET MODULE 30 A 16 SUB FAN 30 A 17 HORN 10 A 18 BACK UP 10 A 19 STOP 7.5 A 20 FET MODULE 30 A
21 VBU 10 A 22 FRT DEICER* 15 A 23 IG COIL 15 A 24 WASHER 15 A 25 MAIN FAN 30 A 26 STRLD 7.5 A 27 IGPS 10 A 28 29 R H/L LO 10 A 30 L H/L LO 10 A 31 VBACT 10 A 32 IGPS (LAF) 10 A 33
Circuit Protected Amps
627Continued
628
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 628
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the battery. Push the tabs to open the box.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type B
Tab
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
(50 A) ABS/VSA MTR 40 A
F/B MAIN 2 50 A F/B MAIN 60 A
ABS VSA FSR 40 A WIPER 30 A
IDLE STOP 30 A IDLE STOP 30 A
2 3 4 4WD* (30 A) 5 IG MAIN 2 30 A 6 IG MAIN 30 A 7 H/L WASHER* (30 A) 8 DR P/SEAT 3 30 A 9 EBB 40 A 10 TRL SMALL* 7.5 A
*1:Models without seat ventilation *2:Models with seat ventilation
11 PTG CLOSER MTR 20 A 12 13 DR P/SEAT 1 30 A 14 AS P/SEAT 2 30 A 15 AS P/SEAT 1 30 A 16 RR DEF 40 A
17 AMP 30 A*1
40 A*2
18 SUNSHADE 20 A 19 DR P/SEAT 2 30 A 20 AS P/SEAT 3 30 A 21 SBW 10 A 22 TRL HAZARD* 7.5 A 23 BMS 10 A 24 PTG MTR 40 A
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 629
Located near the + terminal on the battery.
Remove the cover on the + terminal (as shown). Replacement of this fuse should be done by a dealer.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type C
Positive Battery Terminal Cover
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps a MAIN 120 A b 70 A c R/B 1 70 A d R/B 2 70 A e EPS 70 A f FET 60 A
629Continued
630
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 630
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.
Interior Fuse Box Type A
Fuse Label
Fuse Box
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 BACK-UP LIGHT 10 A 2 STARTER MOTOR 10 A 3 OPTION 10 A 4 5 6 (10 A) 7 8 9 IG1 R/B 15 A 10 DR REAR DOOR LOCK 10 A 11 DR DOOR LOCK 10 A 12 AS SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A 13 AS SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A 14 DR DOOR UNLOCK 10 A 15 OPTION 2 10 A 16 SMART 10 A 17 SUNROOF 20 A 18 HEATED STRG WHEEL* (10 A) 19 REAR LEFT P/W 20 A 20 SRS 10 A
21 FUEL PUMP 20 A 22 FRONT ACC SOCKET 20 A 23 LEFT H/L HI 10 A 24 RIGHT H/L HI 10 A 25 DRIVER P/W 20 A 26 DR REAR DOOR UNLOCK 10 A 27 ACCESSORY 10 A 28 PASS SRS IND (10 A) 29 PDM 10 A 30 ADS* (15 A) 31 REAR RIGHT P/W 20 A 32 33 TRANSMISSION 10 A 34 ACG 10 A 35 DRL 10 A 36 A/C 10 A 37 AUDIO 15 A 38 DOOR LOCK 20 A 39 AS P/W 20 A A REAR SEAT HEATER* 20 A B
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 631
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.
Interior Fuse Box Type B
Fuse Label
Fuse Box
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps A METER 10 A B VSA 10 A C OPTION 10 A D BCM 10 A E AUDIO 20 A F BACKUP 10 A G ACCESSORY (10 A)
631Continued
632
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 632
Located inside the drivers side outer panel.
Replacement of this fuse should be done by a dealer.
Interior Fuse Box Type C
Fuse Box C
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 2 3 A/C MG CL 10 A 4 5 FR H/SEAT 20 A
uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and confirm the specified amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 627 Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the cover of the engine compartment fuse box type A.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 633
Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.
Combined Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
633
634
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 634
Emergency Towing
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicles weight.
NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.
All models
2WD models
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 635
If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1What to Do If Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.
1. Open the tailgate. 2. Push the tabs to open the cover on the left
side of cargo area.
3. Pull the release cord toward you. u The release cord unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
What to Do If Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
Tab
Tab
Release Cord
635
636
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 636
If You Cannot Open the Tailgate
1What to Do If Unable to Open the Tailgate
Following up: After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure there is enough space around the tailgate, and it does not hit anyone or any object.
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure. 1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the inside of the tailgate. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate while sliding the lever to the right.
What to Do If Unable to Open the Tailgate
Cover
Lever
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 637
Refueling
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel.
3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.
Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the engine. 2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to
make it pop up slightly. u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of tool box in the cargo area.
2 Types of Tools P. 590
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe. 5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck. u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it. 7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
Funnel
637
638
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 638
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 639
Information
This chapter includes your vehicles specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 640 Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 642
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 643 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 644
Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 645
Warranty Coverages ........................ 647 Authorized Manuals......................... 650 Client Service Information ............... 651
639
640
In fo
rm atio
n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 640
Specifications
Vehicle Specifications
Air Conditioning
Model RDX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 3 Total 5 Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Combined Weight Rating
U.S.: 5,975 lbs (2,710 kg) Canada: 2,710 kg
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) Charge Quantity 17.8 19.6 oz (505 555 g) Lubricant Type ND-OIL14 (POE) Quantity 4.3 5.2 cu-in (70 85 cc)
* Not available on all models
Engine Specifications
Fuel
Washer Fluid
Displacement 121.76 cu-in (1,996 cm3) Spark Plugs NGK DILKAR8P8SY
Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 17.1 US gal (64.7 L)
Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L) Canada: 5.8 US qt (5.5 L)
Light Bulbs
Brake Fluid
Headlights (High Beam) LED Headlights (Low Beam) LED Fog Lights* LED Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED Front Turn Signal Lights LED Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)
LED
Front Side Marker Lights LED Brake Lights LED Rear Side Marker Lights LED Brake Lights/Taillights LED Taillights LED Back-Up Lights LED Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber/Silver) High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Light LED Puddle Lights* LED Interior Lights
Map Lights LED Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Glove Box Light 1.4 W Cargo Area Light LED Door Inner Handle Lights LED
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
uuSpecificationsu In
fo rm
atio n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 641
Automatic Transmission Fluid
*1: 2WD models *2: AWD models
Rear Differential Fluid*
Transfer Assembly Fluid*
Specified Acura ATF-type 2.0
Capacity Change 4.5 US qt (4.3 L)*1
5.1 US qt (4.8 L)*2
Specified Acura DPSF-II Capacity Change 1.76 US qt (1.67 L)
Specified Acura HGO-1 Capacity Change 0.61 US qt (0.58 L)
* Not available on all models
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Recommended Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.6 US qt (4.4 L) Change including filter
5.0 US qt (4.8 L)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity 1.43 US gal (5.40 L) (change including the remaining 0.23 US gal (0.86 L) in the reserve tank)
Tire
*1: Models with 19 inch wheel *2: Models with 20 inch wheel
Regular Size
235/55R19 101H*1
255/45R20 101V*2
Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
33 (230 [2.3])*1
36 (250 [2.5])*2
Compact Spare*
Size T155/90D17 101M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size Regular
19 x 8J*1
20 x 8J*2
Compact Spare* 17 x 4T
641
642
In fo
rm atio
n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 642
Identification Numbers
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows.
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/ Vehicle Identification Number
Automatic Transmission Number
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 643
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
fo rm
atio n
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
643
644
In fo
rm atio
n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 644
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.
In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 645
Emissions Testing
fo rm
atio n
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.
Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicles emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
645Continued
646
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
In fo
rm atio
n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 646
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 647
Warranty Coverages
fo rm
atio n
U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.
647Continued
648
uuWarranty Coveragesu
In fo
rm atio
n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 648
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
Statement on Warranty Coverage for Aftermarket and Recycled Parts The Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. s.2301 et seq., makes it illegal for motor vehicle manufacturers to void a motor vehicle warranty or deny warranty coverage solely because an aftermarket or recycled part has been used to repair the vehicle or someone other than the authorized service provider performed service on the vehicle. This provision does not apply to a new motor vehicle purchased solely for commercial or industrial use.
uuWarranty Coveragesu In
fo rm
atio n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 649
Under federal law, a manufacturer may deny warranty coverage and charge for repairs to a vehicle if it is discovered that an aftermarket or recycled part installed on the vehicle is defective or was installed incorrectly and caused damage to another part of the vehicle otherwise covered under warranty. The Federal Trade Commission requires that a manufacturer demonstrate that an aftermarket or recycled part or service performed by a person other than an authorized service provider caused damage to another part of the vehicle otherwise covered under warranty before denying warranty coverage. Additionally, federal law allows a manufacturer to void a motor vehicle warranty or deny warranty coverage if the manufacturer provides the article or service to consumers free of charge under the warranty or the manufacturer has secured a waiver from the Federal Trade Commission.
Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Director, Light-Duty Vehicle Center, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Attention: Warranty Claim 2000 Traverwood Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48105; complianceinfo@epa.gov
649
650
In fo
rm atio
n
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 650
Authorized Manuals
Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.acura.com for pricing and options.
For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 651
Client Service Information
fo rm
atio n
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 642
Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-Mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
651
Index
652
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 652
Index
Additives Coolant ................................................... 552 Engine Oil................................................ 547 Washer.................................................... 556
Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 547 Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 222 Front Seats .............................................. 210 Head Restraints........................................ 216 Mirrors .................................................... 207 Rear Seats................................................ 220 Steering Wheel ........................................ 206
Agile Handling Assist................................ 444 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System) .................................................... 234 Changing the Mode ................................ 234 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 236
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 580 Rear Temperature Control Dial................. 238 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 234 Sensors.................................................... 239 Synchronized Mode ................................. 237
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 234 Air Pressure....................................... 567, 641 Airbags ........................................................ 44
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 50 After a Collision ........................................ 47 Airbag Care............................................... 61 Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 47 Indicator.............................................. 58, 88 Knee Airbags............................................. 52 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 59 Sensors ..................................................... 44 Side Airbags .............................................. 55 Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 57
AM/FM Radio............................................ 277 Android Auto ........................................... 311 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 505
Indicator.................................................... 88 Apple CarPlay ........................................... 307 Armrest ..................................................... 222 AT&T Hotspot ........................................... 305 Audio Remote Controls ........................... 247 Audio System............................................ 242
Adjusting the Sound................................ 272 Audio/Information Screen........................ 253 Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 245 Display Setup .......................................... 273 Error Messages........................................ 315 General Information ................................ 318 Home Screen........................................... 257 How to Update Wirelessly ....................... 266 How to Update with a USB Device........... 270
How to use Siri Eyes Free ........................ 306 iPod ........................................................ 294 Limitations for Manual Operation............ 273 MP3/WMA/AAC ..................................... 297 Reactivating ............................................ 246 Remote Controls ..................................... 247 Security Code ......................................... 246 Status Area ............................................. 262 System Updates ...................................... 266 Theft Protection ...................................... 246 USB Flash Drives.............................. 297, 320 USB Ports ................................................ 243
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 253 Authorized Manuals ................................ 650 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 166 Auto High-Beam ...................................... 194
Indicator ................................................... 91 Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 436
OFF Button ............................................. 437 Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 503
Indicator ........................................... 81, 503 Automatic Folding Door Mirror .............. 209 Automatic Intermittent Wipers .............. 198 Automatic Lighting.................................. 191 Automatic Transmission .......................... 425
Creeping................................................. 425 Fluid ....................................................... 554 Kickdown ............................................... 425 Operating the Shift Button...................... 428 Sequential Shift Mode............................. 432 Shifting................................................... 426
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 653
Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 245 Average Fuel Economy ............................ 135 AWD ......................................................... 445
B Battery ...................................................... 575
Charging System Indicator ................ 83, 621 If the Battery Is Dead............................... 616 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 575
Belts (Seat).................................................. 37 Beverage Holders ..................................... 227 Blind spot information System................ 450 Bluetooth Audio..................................... 300 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ................... 366 Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 74 Brake System ............................................ 498
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 505 Automatic Brake Hold............................. 503 Brake Assist System................................. 506 Fluid ....................................................... 555 Foot Brake .............................................. 502 Indicator ..................................... 79, 80, 622 Indicator (Red) ........................................ 624 Parking Brake.......................................... 498
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 201 Built-in Key ............................................... 151 Bulb Replacement .................................... 557
Fog Lights ............................................... 557 Front Turn Signal, Parking/Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights... 557
Headlights ............................................... 557 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 560 Puddle Lights ........................................... 560 Rear License Plate Light ........................... 560 Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs .................... 558 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights .................................................... 557
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker Lights .................................................... 559
Taillights/Brake and Back-Up Lights.......... 560 Bulb Specifications ................................... 640
C CAMERA Button ....................................... 520 Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 75 Carrying Cargo.................................. 407, 409 Certification Label .................................... 642 Changing Bulbs......................................... 557 Charging System Indicator ................. 83, 621 Child Safety ................................................. 62
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 165 Child Seat .................................................... 62
Booster Seats............................................. 74 Child Seat for Infants ................................. 64 Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 65 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 69
Larger Children.......................................... 73 Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 64 Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 66
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 165 Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 583 Cleaning the Interior................................ 581 Client Service Information ....................... 651 Climate Control System............................ 234
Changing the Mode ................................ 234 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows............................................... 236
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 580 Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 238 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 234 Sensors ................................................... 239 Synchronized Mode................................. 237 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 234
Clock.......................................................... 148 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM)................................................. 456
Coat Hook................................................. 229 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 456
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 591, 641 Console Compartment ............................. 226 Controls..................................................... 147 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 552
Adding to the Radiator............................ 553 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 552 Overheating ............................................ 618
Creeping (Automatic Transmission) ........ 425 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 513 Cup Holders .............................................. 227 Customized Features................................ 340
653
654
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 654
D Daytime Running Lights........................... 193 Dead Battery ............................................. 616 Defaulting All the Settings ...................... 362 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows.................................................. 236
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 643 Dimming
Headlights ............................................... 190 Rearview Mirror ....................................... 207
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 548 Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 189 Door Mirrors ............................................. 208 Doors ......................................................... 150
Auto Door Locking .................................. 166 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 166 Keys ........................................................ 150 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside..................................................... 163
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 154
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 161 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 569 Driving....................................................... 405
Automatic Transmission........................... 425 Braking.................................................... 498 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 417 Shifting Gear ........................................... 426 Starting the Engine .................................. 419
Driving Position Memory System............. 204 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 580
Dynamic Mode Switch ............................. 434
E Electric Parking Brake
Switch..................................................... 498 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 88, 623 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 442 Emergency ................................................ 634 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 645 Engine ....................................................... 642
Coolant................................................... 552 If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 616 Oil........................................................... 547 Remote Engine Start................................ 421 Starting ................................................... 419
Engine Compartment Cover .................... 546 Engine Coolant ......................................... 552
Adding to the Radiator............................ 553 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 552 Overheating ............................................ 618 Temperature Gauge ................................ 130
Engine Oil ................................................. 547 Adding.................................................... 549 Checking................................................. 548 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 538 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ....................... 620 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 547
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 186 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ...... 623
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 75 Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 583 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 208
F Features .................................................... 241 Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 580 Oil .......................................................... 550
Flat Tire............................................. 591, 599 Floor Mats ................................................ 582 Fluids
Automatic Transmission .......................... 554 Brake ...................................................... 555 Engine Coolant ....................................... 552 Windshield Washer ................................. 556
FM/AM Radio ........................................... 277 Fog Lights
Indicator ................................................... 91 Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 220 Foot Brake ................................................ 502 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 47 Front Seats................................................ 210
Adjusting ................................................ 210 Front Sensor Camera ............................... 495 Fuel ..................................................... 23, 527
Economy................................................. 530 Gauge .................................................... 130 Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 135 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 87
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 655
Range ..................................................... 135 Recommendation.................................... 527 Refueling ................................................ 527
Fuel Economy ........................................... 530 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 23, 528 Fuses ......................................................... 627
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 633 Locations ................................ 627, 630, 631
G Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 530 Gauge .................................................... 130 Information............................................. 527 Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 135 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 87 Refueling ................................................ 527
Gauges ...................................................... 130 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 428 Gear Selection
Automatic Transmission .......................... 426 Glass (care) ............................................... 585 Glove Box ................................................. 225
H Handling the Unexpected ....................... 589 HandsFreeLink (HFL) .............................. 366
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History..................................... 377
Automatic Transferring............................ 376 Displaying Messages ................................ 389 Favorite Contacts..................................... 378 HFL Buttons............................................. 366 HFL Menus .............................................. 370 HFL Status Display ................................... 368 In Case of Emergency .............................. 399 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 369 Making a Call .......................................... 379 Options During a Call .............................. 383 Phone Setup............................................ 372 Receiving a Call ....................................... 382 Receiving a Text Message ........................ 387 Ring Tone................................................ 376 Selecting a Phone .................................... 388 To Set Up a Text Message Options........... 386
Hazard Warning Button............................... 6 HD RadioTM ................................................ 280 Head Restraints......................................... 216 Headlight Washers ................................... 200 Headlights ................................................. 190
Auto High-Beam System.......................... 194 Automatic Operation............................... 191 Dimming ......................................... 190, 193 Operating................................................ 190
Head-Up Display ....................................... 142 Heated Steering Wheel ............................ 231 Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 232 HFL (HandsFreeLink) ............................... 366 High Beam Indicator .................................. 91 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 423
HomeLink Universal Transceiver............ 363 Honda App License Agreement .............. 321
I Identification Numbers ............................ 642
Engine and Transmission ......................... 642 Vehicle Identification ............................... 642
Illumination Control................................. 201 Knob....................................................... 201
Immobilizer System .................................. 177 Indicator.................................................... 92
655
656
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 656
Indicators..................................................... 78 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (Amber).............................. 95
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (Green) ............... 95, 467
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 88 Auto High-Beam........................................ 91 Auto Idle Stop (Green) ............................... 86 Auto Idle Stop System (Amber) .................. 86 Automatic Brake Hold........................ 81, 503 Automatic Brake Hold System............ 81, 503 Blind spot information System ................. 100 Charging System ............................... 83, 621 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 98
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 88, 623 Fog Light ................................................... 91 Gear Position ............................................. 83 High Beam................................................. 91 Immobilizer System.................................... 92 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (Amber) ................................................... 95
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (Green) ............................................ 95, 485
Lights On................................................... 91 Low Fuel.................................................... 87 Low Oil Pressure ...................................... 620 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 90, 625 M (sequential mode) Indicator/Gear Selection Indicator ................................... 83
Maintenance Minder ................................. 94
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 82, 621 Parking Brake and Brake System (Amber)........................................... 80, 624
Parking Brake and Brake System (Red) ....................................... 79, 622, 624
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 96 Safety Support (Amber) ............................. 96 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 38, 87 Security System Alarm ............................... 92 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD).............................................. 94
Supplemental Restraint System............ 58, 88 System Message........................................ 93 Transmission System.......................... 84, 626 Turn Signal and Hazard Warning ............... 91 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) OFF .......... 89 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System ............................................ 89, 442
VSA OFF ................................................ 443 Information .............................................. 639 Instant Fuel Economy ............................... 135 Instrument Panel ........................................ 77
Brightness Control................................... 201 Integrated Dynamics System ................... 434
Dynamic Mode button ............................ 434 Interior Lights ........................................... 223 Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 207 iPad ........................................................... 319 iPhone ....................................................... 319 iPod ................................................... 294, 319
J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 595 Jump Starting ........................................... 616
K Key Number Tag ...................................... 152 Keyless Access System .............................. 154 Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 161 Keys........................................................... 150
Lockout Prevention ................................. 161 Number Tag............................................ 152 Rear Door Wont Open ........................... 165 Remote Transmitter ................................ 159 Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 162, 421 Types and Functions................................ 150
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) ...... 425 Knee Airbags .............................................. 52
L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 483 LATCH (Child Seats) ............................. 67, 71 Legal Information .................................... 333 License Information ................................. 336 Lights ................................................ 190, 557
Automatic............................................... 191 Bulb Replacement ................................... 557 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 193 Fog Lights ............................................... 193 High Beam Indicator ................................. 91
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 657
Interior.................................................... 223 Light Switches......................................... 190 Lights On Indicator.................................... 91 Turn Signals and Hazard Warning ........... 189
Load Limits ............................................... 409 Locking/Unlocking ................................... 150
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 166 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 165 From Inside ............................................. 163 From Outside .......................................... 154 Keys........................................................ 150 Using a Key............................................. 160
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 161 Low Battery Charge ................................. 621 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 87 Low Oil Pressure Indicator....................... 620 Lower Anchors ..................................... 67, 71 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 409 Lumbar Support ....................................... 210
M Maintenance .................................... 137, 533
Battery.................................................... 575 Brake Fluid.............................................. 555 Cleaning ................................................. 581 Climate Control System .......................... 579 Coolant .................................................. 552 Maintenance MinderTM............................ 537 Oil .......................................................... 548 Precautions ............................................. 534
Radiator .................................................. 553 Remote Transmitter ......................... 577, 578 Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 557 Safety ...................................................... 535 Service Items ........................................... 541 Tires ........................................................ 566 Transmission Fluid ................................... 554 Under the Hood ...................................... 544
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 82, 621 Map Lights ................................................ 224 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 409 Meters, Gauges ......................................... 130 Mirrors....................................................... 207
Adjusting................................................. 207 Door........................................................ 208 Exterior.................................................... 208 Interior Rearview ..................................... 207
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 587 MP3 ........................................................... 297 MP3/WMA/AAC ........................................ 297 Multi-Information Display ....................... 131
Switching the Display .............................. 133 Warning and Information Messages ........ 101
Multi-View Rear Camera .......................... 517
N Navigation ................................................ 136 Numbers (Identification) .......................... 642
O Odometer ................................................. 131 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 417 Oil (Engine)............................................... 547
Adding.................................................... 549 Checking................................................. 548 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 538 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ....................... 620 Oil Life .................................................... 137 Recommended Engine Oil ............... 547, 641 Viscosity .......................................... 547, 641
Open Source Licenses............................... 335 Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 545 Panoramic Roof....................................... 183 Power Windows...................................... 180 Tailgate ................................................... 167
Outside Temperature Display.................. 131 Overheating.............................................. 618
P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode)...................................................... 432
Panic Mode ............................................... 179 Panoramic Roof ........................................ 183 Parking...................................................... 507 Parking Brake ........................................... 498 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator.................................................. 622
657
658
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 658
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber) ..................................................... 80
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red) .................................. 79, 624
Parking Sensor System.............................. 509 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 59 Passing Indicators ..................................... 190 Playing Bluetooth Audio ........................ 300 Power Tailgate.......................................... 169 Power Windows........................................ 180 Precautions While Driving........................ 424
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle................................................... 424
Rain......................................................... 424 Pregnant Women ....................................... 42 Puncture (Tire) .................................. 591, 599
R Radar Sensor ............................................. 497 Radiator..................................................... 553 Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 277 Radio (SiriusXM)...................................... 281 Range ........................................................ 135 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 645 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...................................................... 203
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 220 Rear Temperature Control Dial ............... 238 Rearview Mirror........................................ 207
Refueling .......................................... 527, 637 Fuel Gauge.............................................. 130 Gasoline.......................................... 527, 640 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 87
Regulations............................... 448, 569, 643 Remote Engine Start ................................ 421 Remote Transmitter ................................. 159 Replacement
Battery ............................................ 577, 578 Bulbs....................................................... 557 Fuses....................................... 627, 630, 631 Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 564 Tires ........................................................ 572 Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 561
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 644 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 134 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 208 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 491
On and Off.............................................. 493
S Safe Driving ................................................ 31 Safety Check ............................................... 36 Safety Labels............................................... 76 Safety Message ............................................. 3 Seat Belts .................................................... 37
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 41 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 39 Checking................................................... 43 Fastening .................................................. 40
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ................................................. 69
Pregnant Women...................................... 42 Reminder .................................................. 38 Warning Indicator ............................... 38, 87
Seat Heaters ............................................. 232 Seats.......................................................... 210
Adjusting ................................................ 210 Front Seats.............................................. 210 Lumbar Support ...................................... 210 Rear Seats............................................... 220 Seat Control Interface ............................. 212 Seat Heaters ................................... 232, 233 Ventilation .............................................. 232
Security System ........................................ 177 Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 92 Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 92
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 66 Sequential Mode...................................... 432 Setting the Clock...................................... 148 SH-AWD (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM) ................................................... 445
Shift Button ........................................ 21, 426 Operation ......................................... 21, 428
Shifting (Transmission) ...................... 21, 426 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 41 Side Airbags ............................................... 55 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 57 Siri Eyes Free............................................. 306 SiriusXM Radio ....................................... 281 Snow Tires ................................................ 574
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 659
Spare Tire ......................................... 591, 641 Spark Plugs ............................................... 640 Specifications ........................................... 640 Specified Fuel ................................... 527, 640 Speed Limit Information ......................... 132 Speed/Distance Units ............................... 138 Speedometer ............................................ 130 Sport Gauge Settings ............................... 139 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 47 Starting Assist Brake Function ................ 441 Starting the Engine.................................. 419
Does Not Start ........................................ 613 If the Battery Is Dead............................... 616 Remote Engine Start ............................... 421
Steering Wheel ........................................ 206 Adjusting ................................................ 206
Stopping ................................................... 507 Summer Tires............................................ 574 Sunglasses Holder .................................... 231 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) .............................................. 445
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 47 Surround View Camera System ............... 519 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) ............................................ 6, 7, 186
Synchronized Mode ................................. 237 System Message Indicator ......................... 93 System Updates ........................................ 266
T Tachometer ............................................... 138 Tailgate ..................................................... 167
Unable to Open....................................... 636 Temperature
Gauge ..................................................... 130 Outside Temperature Display ................... 131
Temperature Sensor ......................... 131, 239 Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 600 Tie-down Anchors .................................... 230 Time (Setting) ........................................... 148 Tire Fill Assist ............................................ 625 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist .................................. 446 Indicator ............................................ 90, 625
Tire Repair Kit ........................................... 599 Tires ........................................................... 566
Air Pressure ..................................... 567, 641 Checking and Maintaining....................... 566 Inspection................................................ 566 Labeling .................................................. 567 Puncture (Flat Tire)........................... 591, 599 Regulations ............................................. 569 Rotation .................................................. 573 Spare Tire ........................................ 591, 641 Summer .................................................. 574 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 600 Tire Chains .............................................. 574 Tire Repair Kit .......................................... 599 Wear Indicators ....................................... 571 Winter ..................................................... 574
Tools.......................................................... 590 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 411
Equipment and Accessories ..................... 413 Load Limits.............................................. 411
Towing Your Vehicle................................ 416 Emergency .............................................. 634
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) with Tire Fill Assist.................................. 446 Indicator............................................ 90, 625
Transmission ....................................... 21, 426 Automatic ......................................... 21, 426 Fluid........................................................ 554 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 428 Indicator.................................................. 626 Number................................................... 642 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 432
Transmission System Indicator.................................................... 84
Trip Computer .......................................... 134 Trip Meter................................................. 134
659
660
In d
ex
21 ACURA RDX-31TJB6212.book 660
Troubleshooting ....................................... 589 Blown Fuse .............................. 627, 630, 631 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 27 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 28 Emergency Towing .................................. 634 Engine Wont Start .................................. 613 Fuel Fill Door............................................ 635 Noise When Braking .................................. 29 Overheating............................................. 618 Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 591, 599 Rear Door Wont Open...................... 27, 165 Tailgate ................................................... 636 Warning Indicators .................................... 78
True Touchpad.......................................... 250 Turbo Engine Vehicle ............................... 531 Turn Signals............................................... 189
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 91 Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 145 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ..... 162, 421
U Under-floor Storage Area ........................ 230 Unlocking the Doors................................. 154 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside ................................................. 15, 163
USB Flash Drives................................ 297, 320 USB Ports ................................................... 243
V Vanity Mirrors............................................... 9 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 642 Vehicle Speed ........................................... 145 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) .............. 442
Off Button............................................... 443 Off Indicator.............................................. 89 System Indicator................................ 89, 442
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 547, 641 Voice Control Operation.......................... 274
Voice Portal Screen.................................. 275 Voice Recognition ................................... 274
VSA (Vehicle Stability AssistTM) .............. 442
W Warning and Information Messages....... 101 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 620 Warning Labels........................................... 76 Warnings................................................... 137 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 647
Watts ......................................................... 640 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 571 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 595 Wi-Fi Connection ...................................... 303 Window Washers ..................................... 197
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 556 Switch..................................................... 197
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 180
Windshield ............................................... 197 Cleaning ................................................. 585 Defrosting/Defogging ............................. 236 Washer Fluid........................................... 556 Wiper Blades........................................... 561 Wipers and Washers ............................... 197
Winter Tires .............................................. 574 Snow Tires .............................................. 574 Tire Chains.............................................. 574
Wipers and Washers ................................ 197 Automatic Intermittent Wipers ................ 198 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 561 Front....................................................... 197 Rear........................................................ 199
WMA......................................................... 297 Worn Tires ................................................ 566
Related manuals for Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the RDX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Acura RDX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura RDX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura RDX 2021 SUV Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.